system/linux
system/linux
1
0
Fork 0
mirror of https://github.com/torvalds/linux synced 2024-07-09 12:49:11 +00:00
Code Issues Packages Projects Releases Wiki Activity
de0a9f4486
linux/include/net/cfg80211.h
Aditya Kumar Singh 91d2b6ee13 wifi: cfg80211: handle color change per link 
Currently, during color change, no link id information is passed down.
In order to support color change during Multi Link Operation, it is
required to pass link id as well.
Additionally, update notification APIs to allow drivers/mac80211 to
pass the link ID.

Signed-off-by: Aditya Kumar Singh <quic_adisi@quicinc.com>
Link: https://msgid.link/20240422053412.2024075-2-quic_adisi@quicinc.com
Link: https://msgid.link/20240422053412.2024075-3-quic_adisi@quicinc.com
[squash, actually only pass 0 from mac80211]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2024-05-03 10:18:03 +02:00

9579 lines
336 KiB
C
Raw Blame History

/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-only */
#ifndef __NET_CFG80211_H
#define __NET_CFG80211_H
/*
* 802.11 device and configuration interface
*
* Copyright 2006-2010 Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
* Copyright 2013-2014 Intel Mobile Communications GmbH
* Copyright 2015-2017 Intel Deutschland GmbH
* Copyright (C) 2018-2024 Intel Corporation
*/
#include <linux/ethtool.h>
#include <uapi/linux/rfkill.h>
#include <linux/netdevice.h>
#include <linux/debugfs.h>
#include <linux/list.h>
#include <linux/bug.h>
#include <linux/netlink.h>
#include <linux/skbuff.h>
#include <linux/nl80211.h>
#include <linux/if_ether.h>
#include <linux/ieee80211.h>
#include <linux/net.h>
#include <linux/rfkill.h>
#include <net/regulatory.h>
/**
* DOC: Introduction
*
* cfg80211 is the configuration API for 802.11 devices in Linux. It bridges
* userspace and drivers, and offers some utility functionality associated
* with 802.11. cfg80211 must, directly or indirectly via mac80211, be used
* by all modern wireless drivers in Linux, so that they offer a consistent
* API through nl80211. For backward compatibility, cfg80211 also offers
* wireless extensions to userspace, but hides them from drivers completely.
*
* Additionally, cfg80211 contains code to help enforce regulatory spectrum
* use restrictions.
*/
/**
* DOC: Device registration
*
* In order for a driver to use cfg80211, it must register the hardware device
* with cfg80211. This happens through a number of hardware capability structs
* described below.
*
* The fundamental structure for each device is the 'wiphy', of which each
* instance describes a physical wireless device connected to the system. Each
* such wiphy can have zero, one, or many virtual interfaces associated with
* it, which need to be identified as such by pointing the network interface's
* @ieee80211_ptr pointer to a &struct wireless_dev which further describes
* the wireless part of the interface. Normally this struct is embedded in the
* network interface's private data area. Drivers can optionally allow creating
* or destroying virtual interfaces on the fly, but without at least one or the
* ability to create some the wireless device isn't useful.
*
* Each wiphy structure contains device capability information, and also has
* a pointer to the various operations the driver offers. The definitions and
* structures here describe these capabilities in detail.
*/
struct wiphy;
/*
* wireless hardware capability structures
*/
/**
* enum ieee80211_channel_flags - channel flags
*
* Channel flags set by the regulatory control code.
*
* @IEEE80211_CHAN_DISABLED: This channel is disabled.
* @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_IR: do not initiate radiation, this includes
* sending probe requests or beaconing.
* @IEEE80211_CHAN_PSD: Power spectral density (in dBm) is set for this
* channel.
* @IEEE80211_CHAN_RADAR: Radar detection is required on this channel.
* @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40PLUS: extension channel above this channel
* is not permitted.
* @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40MINUS: extension channel below this channel
* is not permitted.
* @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_OFDM: OFDM is not allowed on this channel.
* @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_80MHZ: If the driver supports 80 MHz on the band,
* this flag indicates that an 80 MHz channel cannot use this
* channel as the control or any of the secondary channels.
* This may be due to the driver or due to regulatory bandwidth
* restrictions.
* @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_160MHZ: If the driver supports 160 MHz on the band,
* this flag indicates that an 160 MHz channel cannot use this
* channel as the control or any of the secondary channels.
* This may be due to the driver or due to regulatory bandwidth
* restrictions.
* @IEEE80211_CHAN_INDOOR_ONLY: see %NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY
* @IEEE80211_CHAN_IR_CONCURRENT: see %NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT
* @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_20MHZ: 20 MHz bandwidth is not permitted
* on this channel.
* @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_10MHZ: 10 MHz bandwidth is not permitted
* on this channel.
* @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HE: HE operation is not permitted on this channel.
* @IEEE80211_CHAN_1MHZ: 1 MHz bandwidth is permitted
* on this channel.
* @IEEE80211_CHAN_2MHZ: 2 MHz bandwidth is permitted
* on this channel.
* @IEEE80211_CHAN_4MHZ: 4 MHz bandwidth is permitted
* on this channel.
* @IEEE80211_CHAN_8MHZ: 8 MHz bandwidth is permitted
* on this channel.
* @IEEE80211_CHAN_16MHZ: 16 MHz bandwidth is permitted
* on this channel.
* @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_320MHZ: If the driver supports 320 MHz on the band,
* this flag indicates that a 320 MHz channel cannot use this
* channel as the control or any of the secondary channels.
* This may be due to the driver or due to regulatory bandwidth
* restrictions.
* @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_EHT: EHT operation is not permitted on this channel.
* @IEEE80211_CHAN_DFS_CONCURRENT: See %NL80211_RRF_DFS_CONCURRENT
* @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_6GHZ_VLP_CLIENT: Client connection with VLP AP
* not permitted using this channel
* @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_6GHZ_AFC_CLIENT: Client connection with AFC AP
* not permitted using this channel
* @IEEE80211_CHAN_CAN_MONITOR: This channel can be used for monitor
* mode even in the presence of other (regulatory) restrictions,
* even if it is otherwise disabled.
*/
enum ieee80211_channel_flags {
IEEE80211_CHAN_DISABLED = 1<<0,
IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_IR = 1<<1,
IEEE80211_CHAN_PSD = 1<<2,
IEEE80211_CHAN_RADAR = 1<<3,
IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40PLUS = 1<<4,
IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40MINUS = 1<<5,
IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_OFDM = 1<<6,
IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_80MHZ = 1<<7,
IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_160MHZ = 1<<8,
IEEE80211_CHAN_INDOOR_ONLY = 1<<9,
IEEE80211_CHAN_IR_CONCURRENT = 1<<10,
IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_20MHZ = 1<<11,
IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_10MHZ = 1<<12,
IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HE = 1<<13,
IEEE80211_CHAN_1MHZ = 1<<14,
IEEE80211_CHAN_2MHZ = 1<<15,
IEEE80211_CHAN_4MHZ = 1<<16,
IEEE80211_CHAN_8MHZ = 1<<17,
IEEE80211_CHAN_16MHZ = 1<<18,
IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_320MHZ = 1<<19,
IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_EHT = 1<<20,
IEEE80211_CHAN_DFS_CONCURRENT = 1<<21,
IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_6GHZ_VLP_CLIENT = 1<<22,
IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_6GHZ_AFC_CLIENT = 1<<23,
IEEE80211_CHAN_CAN_MONITOR = 1<<24,
};
#define IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40 \
(IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40PLUS | IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40MINUS)
#define IEEE80211_DFS_MIN_CAC_TIME_MS 60000
#define IEEE80211_DFS_MIN_NOP_TIME_MS (30 * 60 * 1000)
/**
* struct ieee80211_channel - channel definition
*
* This structure describes a single channel for use
* with cfg80211.
*
* @center_freq: center frequency in MHz
* @freq_offset: offset from @center_freq, in KHz
* @hw_value: hardware-specific value for the channel
* @flags: channel flags from &enum ieee80211_channel_flags.
* @orig_flags: channel flags at registration time, used by regulatory
* code to support devices with additional restrictions
* @band: band this channel belongs to.
* @max_antenna_gain: maximum antenna gain in dBi
* @max_power: maximum transmission power (in dBm)
* @max_reg_power: maximum regulatory transmission power (in dBm)
* @beacon_found: helper to regulatory code to indicate when a beacon
* has been found on this channel. Use regulatory_hint_found_beacon()
* to enable this, this is useful only on 5 GHz band.
* @orig_mag: internal use
* @orig_mpwr: internal use
* @dfs_state: current state of this channel. Only relevant if radar is required
* on this channel.
* @dfs_state_entered: timestamp (jiffies) when the dfs state was entered.
* @dfs_cac_ms: DFS CAC time in milliseconds, this is valid for DFS channels.
* @psd: power spectral density (in dBm)
*/
struct ieee80211_channel {
enum nl80211_band band;
u32 center_freq;
u16 freq_offset;
u16 hw_value;
u32 flags;
int max_antenna_gain;
int max_power;
int max_reg_power;
bool beacon_found;
u32 orig_flags;
int orig_mag, orig_mpwr;
enum nl80211_dfs_state dfs_state;
unsigned long dfs_state_entered;
unsigned int dfs_cac_ms;
s8 psd;
};
/**
* enum ieee80211_rate_flags - rate flags
*
* Hardware/specification flags for rates. These are structured
* in a way that allows using the same bitrate structure for
* different bands/PHY modes.
*
* @IEEE80211_RATE_SHORT_PREAMBLE: Hardware can send with short
* preamble on this bitrate; only relevant in 2.4GHz band and
* with CCK rates.
* @IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_A: This bitrate is a mandatory rate
* when used with 802.11a (on the 5 GHz band); filled by the
* core code when registering the wiphy.
* @IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_B: This bitrate is a mandatory rate
* when used with 802.11b (on the 2.4 GHz band); filled by the
* core code when registering the wiphy.
* @IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_G: This bitrate is a mandatory rate
* when used with 802.11g (on the 2.4 GHz band); filled by the
* core code when registering the wiphy.
* @IEEE80211_RATE_ERP_G: This is an ERP rate in 802.11g mode.
* @IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_5MHZ: Rate can be used in 5 MHz mode
* @IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_10MHZ: Rate can be used in 10 MHz mode
*/
enum ieee80211_rate_flags {
IEEE80211_RATE_SHORT_PREAMBLE = 1<<0,
IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_A = 1<<1,
IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_B = 1<<2,
IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_G = 1<<3,
IEEE80211_RATE_ERP_G = 1<<4,
IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_5MHZ = 1<<5,
IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_10MHZ = 1<<6,
};
/**
* enum ieee80211_bss_type - BSS type filter
*
* @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ESS: Infrastructure BSS
* @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_PBSS: Personal BSS
* @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_IBSS: Independent BSS
* @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_MBSS: Mesh BSS
* @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ANY: Wildcard value for matching any BSS type
*/
enum ieee80211_bss_type {
IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ESS,
IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_PBSS,
IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_IBSS,
IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_MBSS,
IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ANY
};
/**
* enum ieee80211_privacy - BSS privacy filter
*
* @IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ON: privacy bit set
* @IEEE80211_PRIVACY_OFF: privacy bit clear
* @IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ANY: Wildcard value for matching any privacy setting
*/
enum ieee80211_privacy {
IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ON,
IEEE80211_PRIVACY_OFF,
IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ANY
};
#define IEEE80211_PRIVACY(x) \
((x) ? IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ON : IEEE80211_PRIVACY_OFF)
/**
* struct ieee80211_rate - bitrate definition
*
* This structure describes a bitrate that an 802.11 PHY can
* operate with. The two values @hw_value and @hw_value_short
* are only for driver use when pointers to this structure are
* passed around.
*
* @flags: rate-specific flags from &enum ieee80211_rate_flags
* @bitrate: bitrate in units of 100 Kbps
* @hw_value: driver/hardware value for this rate
* @hw_value_short: driver/hardware value for this rate when
* short preamble is used
*/
struct ieee80211_rate {
u32 flags;
u16 bitrate;
u16 hw_value, hw_value_short;
};
/**
* struct ieee80211_he_obss_pd - AP settings for spatial reuse
*
* @enable: is the feature enabled.
* @sr_ctrl: The SR Control field of SRP element.
* @non_srg_max_offset: non-SRG maximum tx power offset
* @min_offset: minimal tx power offset an associated station shall use
* @max_offset: maximum tx power offset an associated station shall use
* @bss_color_bitmap: bitmap that indicates the BSS color values used by
* members of the SRG
* @partial_bssid_bitmap: bitmap that indicates the partial BSSID values
* used by members of the SRG
*/
struct ieee80211_he_obss_pd {
bool enable;
u8 sr_ctrl;
u8 non_srg_max_offset;
u8 min_offset;
u8 max_offset;
u8 bss_color_bitmap[8];
u8 partial_bssid_bitmap[8];
};
/**
* struct cfg80211_he_bss_color - AP settings for BSS coloring
*
* @color: the current color.
* @enabled: HE BSS color is used
* @partial: define the AID equation.
*/
struct cfg80211_he_bss_color {
u8 color;
bool enabled;
bool partial;
};
/**
* struct ieee80211_sta_ht_cap - STA's HT capabilities
*
* This structure describes most essential parameters needed
* to describe 802.11n HT capabilities for an STA.
*
* @ht_supported: is HT supported by the STA
* @cap: HT capabilities map as described in 802.11n spec
* @ampdu_factor: Maximum A-MPDU length factor
* @ampdu_density: Minimum A-MPDU spacing
* @mcs: Supported MCS rates
*/
struct ieee80211_sta_ht_cap {
u16 cap; /* use IEEE80211_HT_CAP_ */
bool ht_supported;
u8 ampdu_factor;
u8 ampdu_density;
struct ieee80211_mcs_info mcs;
};
/**
* struct ieee80211_sta_vht_cap - STA's VHT capabilities
*
* This structure describes most essential parameters needed
* to describe 802.11ac VHT capabilities for an STA.
*
* @vht_supported: is VHT supported by the STA
* @cap: VHT capabilities map as described in 802.11ac spec
* @vht_mcs: Supported VHT MCS rates
*/
struct ieee80211_sta_vht_cap {
bool vht_supported;
u32 cap; /* use IEEE80211_VHT_CAP_ */
struct ieee80211_vht_mcs_info vht_mcs;
};
#define IEEE80211_HE_PPE_THRES_MAX_LEN 25
/**
* struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap - STA's HE capabilities
*
* This structure describes most essential parameters needed
* to describe 802.11ax HE capabilities for a STA.
*
* @has_he: true iff HE data is valid.
* @he_cap_elem: Fixed portion of the HE capabilities element.
* @he_mcs_nss_supp: The supported NSS/MCS combinations.
* @ppe_thres: Holds the PPE Thresholds data.
*/
struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap {
bool has_he;
struct ieee80211_he_cap_elem he_cap_elem;
struct ieee80211_he_mcs_nss_supp he_mcs_nss_supp;
u8 ppe_thres[IEEE80211_HE_PPE_THRES_MAX_LEN];
};
/**
* struct ieee80211_eht_mcs_nss_supp - EHT max supported NSS per MCS
*
* See P802.11be_D1.3 Table 9-401k - "Subfields of the Supported EHT-MCS
* and NSS Set field"
*
* @only_20mhz: MCS/NSS support for 20 MHz-only STA.
* @bw: MCS/NSS support for 80, 160 and 320 MHz
* @bw._80: MCS/NSS support for BW <= 80 MHz
* @bw._160: MCS/NSS support for BW = 160 MHz
* @bw._320: MCS/NSS support for BW = 320 MHz
*/
struct ieee80211_eht_mcs_nss_supp {
union {
struct ieee80211_eht_mcs_nss_supp_20mhz_only only_20mhz;
struct {
struct ieee80211_eht_mcs_nss_supp_bw _80;
struct ieee80211_eht_mcs_nss_supp_bw _160;
struct ieee80211_eht_mcs_nss_supp_bw _320;
} __packed bw;
} __packed;
} __packed;
#define IEEE80211_EHT_PPE_THRES_MAX_LEN 32
/**
* struct ieee80211_sta_eht_cap - STA's EHT capabilities
*
* This structure describes most essential parameters needed
* to describe 802.11be EHT capabilities for a STA.
*
* @has_eht: true iff EHT data is valid.
* @eht_cap_elem: Fixed portion of the eht capabilities element.
* @eht_mcs_nss_supp: The supported NSS/MCS combinations.
* @eht_ppe_thres: Holds the PPE Thresholds data.
*/
struct ieee80211_sta_eht_cap {
bool has_eht;
struct ieee80211_eht_cap_elem_fixed eht_cap_elem;
struct ieee80211_eht_mcs_nss_supp eht_mcs_nss_supp;
u8 eht_ppe_thres[IEEE80211_EHT_PPE_THRES_MAX_LEN];
};
/* sparse defines __CHECKER__; see Documentation/dev-tools/sparse.rst */
#ifdef __CHECKER__
/*
* This is used to mark the sband->iftype_data pointer which is supposed
* to be an array with special access semantics (per iftype), but a lot
* of code got it wrong in the past, so with this marking sparse will be
* noisy when the pointer is used directly.
*/
# define __iftd __attribute__((noderef, address_space(__iftype_data)))
#else
# define __iftd
#endif /* __CHECKER__ */
/**
* struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data - sband data per interface type
*
* This structure encapsulates sband data that is relevant for the
* interface types defined in @types_mask. Each type in the
* @types_mask must be unique across all instances of iftype_data.
*
* @types_mask: interface types mask
* @he_cap: holds the HE capabilities
* @he_6ghz_capa: HE 6 GHz capabilities, must be filled in for a
* 6 GHz band channel (and 0 may be valid value).
* @eht_cap: STA's EHT capabilities
* @vendor_elems: vendor element(s) to advertise
* @vendor_elems.data: vendor element(s) data
* @vendor_elems.len: vendor element(s) length
*/
struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data {
u16 types_mask;
struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap he_cap;
struct ieee80211_he_6ghz_capa he_6ghz_capa;
struct ieee80211_sta_eht_cap eht_cap;
struct {
const u8 *data;
unsigned int len;
} vendor_elems;
};
/**
* enum ieee80211_edmg_bw_config - allowed channel bandwidth configurations
*
* @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_4: 2.16GHz
* @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_5: 2.16GHz and 4.32GHz
* @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_6: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz and 6.48GHz
* @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_7: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz and 8.64GHz
* @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_8: 2.16GHz and 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz
* @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_9: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz and 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz
* @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_10: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz and 2.16GHz+2.16GHz
* @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_11: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz, 8.64GHz and
* 2.16GHz+2.16GHz
* @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_12: 2.16GHz, 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz and
* 4.32GHz + 4.32GHz
* @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_13: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz and
* 4.32GHz + 4.32GHz
* @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_14: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz, 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz
* and 4.32GHz + 4.32GHz
* @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_15: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz, 8.64GHz,
* 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz and 4.32GHz + 4.32GHz
*/
enum ieee80211_edmg_bw_config {
IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_4 = 4,
IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_5 = 5,
IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_6 = 6,
IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_7 = 7,
IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_8 = 8,
IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_9 = 9,
IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_10 = 10,
IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_11 = 11,
IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_12 = 12,
IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_13 = 13,
IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_14 = 14,
IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_15 = 15,
};
/**
* struct ieee80211_edmg - EDMG configuration
*
* This structure describes most essential parameters needed
* to describe 802.11ay EDMG configuration
*
* @channels: bitmap that indicates the 2.16 GHz channel(s)
* that are allowed to be used for transmissions.
* Bit 0 indicates channel 1, bit 1 indicates channel 2, etc.
* Set to 0 indicate EDMG not supported.
* @bw_config: Channel BW Configuration subfield encodes
* the allowed channel bandwidth configurations
*/
struct ieee80211_edmg {
u8 channels;
enum ieee80211_edmg_bw_config bw_config;
};
/**
* struct ieee80211_sta_s1g_cap - STA's S1G capabilities
*
* This structure describes most essential parameters needed
* to describe 802.11ah S1G capabilities for a STA.
*
* @s1g: is STA an S1G STA
* @cap: S1G capabilities information
* @nss_mcs: Supported NSS MCS set
*/
struct ieee80211_sta_s1g_cap {
bool s1g;
u8 cap[10]; /* use S1G_CAPAB_ */
u8 nss_mcs[5];
};
/**
* struct ieee80211_supported_band - frequency band definition
*
* This structure describes a frequency band a wiphy
* is able to operate in.
*
* @channels: Array of channels the hardware can operate with
* in this band.
* @band: the band this structure represents
* @n_channels: Number of channels in @channels
* @bitrates: Array of bitrates the hardware can operate with
* in this band. Must be sorted to give a valid "supported
* rates" IE, i.e. CCK rates first, then OFDM.
* @n_bitrates: Number of bitrates in @bitrates
* @ht_cap: HT capabilities in this band
* @vht_cap: VHT capabilities in this band
* @s1g_cap: S1G capabilities in this band
* @edmg_cap: EDMG capabilities in this band
* @s1g_cap: S1G capabilities in this band (S1B band only, of course)
* @n_iftype_data: number of iftype data entries
* @iftype_data: interface type data entries. Note that the bits in
* @types_mask inside this structure cannot overlap (i.e. only
* one occurrence of each type is allowed across all instances of
* iftype_data).
*/
struct ieee80211_supported_band {
struct ieee80211_channel *channels;
struct ieee80211_rate *bitrates;
enum nl80211_band band;
int n_channels;
int n_bitrates;
struct ieee80211_sta_ht_cap ht_cap;
struct ieee80211_sta_vht_cap vht_cap;
struct ieee80211_sta_s1g_cap s1g_cap;
struct ieee80211_edmg edmg_cap;
u16 n_iftype_data;
const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data __iftd *iftype_data;
};
/**
* _ieee80211_set_sband_iftype_data - set sband iftype data array
* @sband: the sband to initialize
* @iftd: the iftype data array pointer
* @n_iftd: the length of the iftype data array
*
* Set the sband iftype data array; use this where the length cannot
* be derived from the ARRAY_SIZE() of the argument, but prefer
* ieee80211_set_sband_iftype_data() where it can be used.
*/
static inline void
_ieee80211_set_sband_iftype_data(struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband,
const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *iftd,
u16 n_iftd)
{
sband->iftype_data = (const void __iftd __force *)iftd;
sband->n_iftype_data = n_iftd;
}
/**
* ieee80211_set_sband_iftype_data - set sband iftype data array
* @sband: the sband to initialize
* @iftd: the iftype data array
*/
#define ieee80211_set_sband_iftype_data(sband, iftd) \
_ieee80211_set_sband_iftype_data(sband, iftd, ARRAY_SIZE(iftd))
/**
* for_each_sband_iftype_data - iterate sband iftype data entries
* @sband: the sband whose iftype_data array to iterate
* @i: iterator counter
* @iftd: iftype data pointer to set
*/
#define for_each_sband_iftype_data(sband, i, iftd) \
for (i = 0, iftd = (const void __force *)&(sband)->iftype_data[i]; \
i < (sband)->n_iftype_data; \
i++, iftd = (const void __force *)&(sband)->iftype_data[i])
/**
* ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data - return sband data for a given iftype
* @sband: the sband to search for the STA on
* @iftype: enum nl80211_iftype
*
* Return: pointer to struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data, or NULL is none found
*/
static inline const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *
ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data(const struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband,
u8 iftype)
{
const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *data;
int i;
if (WARN_ON(iftype >= NL80211_IFTYPE_MAX))
return NULL;
if (iftype == NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN)
iftype = NL80211_IFTYPE_AP;
for_each_sband_iftype_data(sband, i, data) {
if (data->types_mask & BIT(iftype))
return data;
}
return NULL;
}
/**
* ieee80211_get_he_iftype_cap - return HE capabilities for an sband's iftype
* @sband: the sband to search for the iftype on
* @iftype: enum nl80211_iftype
*
* Return: pointer to the struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap, or NULL is none found
*/
static inline const struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap *
ieee80211_get_he_iftype_cap(const struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband,
u8 iftype)
{
const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *data =
ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data(sband, iftype);
if (data && data->he_cap.has_he)
return &data->he_cap;
return NULL;
}
/**
* ieee80211_get_he_6ghz_capa - return HE 6 GHz capabilities
* @sband: the sband to search for the STA on
* @iftype: the iftype to search for
*
* Return: the 6GHz capabilities
*/
static inline __le16
ieee80211_get_he_6ghz_capa(const struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband,
enum nl80211_iftype iftype)
{
const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *data =
ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data(sband, iftype);
if (WARN_ON(!data || !data->he_cap.has_he))
return 0;
return data->he_6ghz_capa.capa;
}
/**
* ieee80211_get_eht_iftype_cap - return ETH capabilities for an sband's iftype
* @sband: the sband to search for the iftype on
* @iftype: enum nl80211_iftype
*
* Return: pointer to the struct ieee80211_sta_eht_cap, or NULL is none found
*/
static inline const struct ieee80211_sta_eht_cap *
ieee80211_get_eht_iftype_cap(const struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband,
enum nl80211_iftype iftype)
{
const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *data =
ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data(sband, iftype);
if (data && data->eht_cap.has_eht)
return &data->eht_cap;
return NULL;
}
/**
* wiphy_read_of_freq_limits - read frequency limits from device tree
*
* @wiphy: the wireless device to get extra limits for
*
* Some devices may have extra limitations specified in DT. This may be useful
* for chipsets that normally support more bands but are limited due to board
* design (e.g. by antennas or external power amplifier).
*
* This function reads info from DT and uses it to *modify* channels (disable
* unavailable ones). It's usually a *bad* idea to use it in drivers with
* shared channel data as DT limitations are device specific. You should make
* sure to call it only if channels in wiphy are copied and can be modified
* without affecting other devices.
*
* As this function access device node it has to be called after set_wiphy_dev.
* It also modifies channels so they have to be set first.
* If using this helper, call it before wiphy_register().
*/
#ifdef CONFIG_OF
void wiphy_read_of_freq_limits(struct wiphy *wiphy);
#else /* CONFIG_OF */
static inline void wiphy_read_of_freq_limits(struct wiphy *wiphy)
{
}
#endif /* !CONFIG_OF */
/*
* Wireless hardware/device configuration structures and methods
*/
/**
* DOC: Actions and configuration
*
* Each wireless device and each virtual interface offer a set of configuration
* operations and other actions that are invoked by userspace. Each of these
* actions is described in the operations structure, and the parameters these
* operations use are described separately.
*
* Additionally, some operations are asynchronous and expect to get status
* information via some functions that drivers need to call.
*
* Scanning and BSS list handling with its associated functionality is described
* in a separate chapter.
*/
#define VHT_MUMIMO_GROUPS_DATA_LEN (WLAN_MEMBERSHIP_LEN +\
WLAN_USER_POSITION_LEN)
/**
* struct vif_params - describes virtual interface parameters
* @flags: monitor interface flags, unchanged if 0, otherwise
* %MONITOR_FLAG_CHANGED will be set
* @use_4addr: use 4-address frames
* @macaddr: address to use for this virtual interface.
* If this parameter is set to zero address the driver may
* determine the address as needed.
* This feature is only fully supported by drivers that enable the
* %NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE flag. Others may support creating
** only p2p devices with specified MAC.
* @vht_mumimo_groups: MU-MIMO groupID, used for monitoring MU-MIMO packets
* belonging to that MU-MIMO groupID; %NULL if not changed
* @vht_mumimo_follow_addr: MU-MIMO follow address, used for monitoring
* MU-MIMO packets going to the specified station; %NULL if not changed
*/
struct vif_params {
u32 flags;
int use_4addr;
u8 macaddr[ETH_ALEN];
const u8 *vht_mumimo_groups;
const u8 *vht_mumimo_follow_addr;
};
/**
* struct key_params - key information
*
* Information about a key
*
* @key: key material
* @key_len: length of key material
* @cipher: cipher suite selector
* @seq: sequence counter (IV/PN) for TKIP and CCMP keys, only used
* with the get_key() callback, must be in little endian,
* length given by @seq_len.
* @seq_len: length of @seq.
* @vlan_id: vlan_id for VLAN group key (if nonzero)
* @mode: key install mode (RX_TX, NO_TX or SET_TX)
*/
struct key_params {
const u8 *key;
const u8 *seq;
int key_len;
int seq_len;
u16 vlan_id;
u32 cipher;
enum nl80211_key_mode mode;
};
/**
* struct cfg80211_chan_def - channel definition
* @chan: the (control) channel
* @width: channel width
* @center_freq1: center frequency of first segment
* @center_freq2: center frequency of second segment
* (only with 80+80 MHz)
* @edmg: define the EDMG channels configuration.
* If edmg is requested (i.e. the .channels member is non-zero),
* chan will define the primary channel and all other
* parameters are ignored.
* @freq1_offset: offset from @center_freq1, in KHz
* @punctured: mask of the punctured 20 MHz subchannels, with
* bits turned on being disabled (punctured); numbered
* from lower to higher frequency (like in the spec)
*/
struct cfg80211_chan_def {
struct ieee80211_channel *chan;
enum nl80211_chan_width width;
u32 center_freq1;
u32 center_freq2;
struct ieee80211_edmg edmg;
u16 freq1_offset;
u16 punctured;
};
/*
* cfg80211_bitrate_mask - masks for bitrate control
*/
struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask {
struct {
u32 legacy;
u8 ht_mcs[IEEE80211_HT_MCS_MASK_LEN];
u16 vht_mcs[NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX];
u16 he_mcs[NL80211_HE_NSS_MAX];
enum nl80211_txrate_gi gi;
enum nl80211_he_gi he_gi;
enum nl80211_he_ltf he_ltf;
} control[NUM_NL80211_BANDS];
};
/**
* struct cfg80211_tid_cfg - TID specific configuration
* @config_override: Flag to notify driver to reset TID configuration
* of the peer.
* @tids: bitmap of TIDs to modify
* @mask: bitmap of attributes indicating which parameter changed,
* similar to &nl80211_tid_config_supp.
* @noack: noack configuration value for the TID
* @retry_long: retry count value
* @retry_short: retry count value
* @ampdu: Enable/Disable MPDU aggregation
* @rtscts: Enable/Disable RTS/CTS
* @amsdu: Enable/Disable MSDU aggregation
* @txrate_type: Tx bitrate mask type
* @txrate_mask: Tx bitrate to be applied for the TID
*/
struct cfg80211_tid_cfg {
bool config_override;
u8 tids;
u64 mask;
enum nl80211_tid_config noack;
u8 retry_long, retry_short;
enum nl80211_tid_config ampdu;
enum nl80211_tid_config rtscts;
enum nl80211_tid_config amsdu;
enum nl80211_tx_rate_setting txrate_type;
struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask txrate_mask;
};
/**
* struct cfg80211_tid_config - TID configuration
* @peer: Station's MAC address
* @n_tid_conf: Number of TID specific configurations to be applied
* @tid_conf: Configuration change info
*/
struct cfg80211_tid_config {
const u8 *peer;
u32 n_tid_conf;
struct cfg80211_tid_cfg tid_conf[] __counted_by(n_tid_conf);
};
/**
* struct cfg80211_fils_aad - FILS AAD data
* @macaddr: STA MAC address
* @kek: FILS KEK
* @kek_len: FILS KEK length
* @snonce: STA Nonce
* @anonce: AP Nonce
*/
struct cfg80211_fils_aad {
const u8 *macaddr;
const u8 *kek;
u8 kek_len;
const u8 *snonce;
const u8 *anonce;
};
/**
* struct cfg80211_set_hw_timestamp - enable/disable HW timestamping
* @macaddr: peer MAC address. NULL to enable/disable HW timestamping for all
* addresses.
* @enable: if set, enable HW timestamping for the specified MAC address.
* Otherwise disable HW timestamping for the specified MAC address.
*/
struct cfg80211_set_hw_timestamp {
const u8 *macaddr;
bool enable;
};
/**
* cfg80211_get_chandef_type - return old channel type from chandef
* @chandef: the channel definition
*
* Return: The old channel type (NOHT, HT20, HT40+/-) from a given
* chandef, which must have a bandwidth allowing this conversion.
*/
static inline enum nl80211_channel_type
cfg80211_get_chandef_type(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef)
{
switch (chandef->width) {
case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT:
return NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT;
case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20:
return NL80211_CHAN_HT20;
case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40:
if (chandef->center_freq1 > chandef->chan->center_freq)
return NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS;
return NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS;
default:
WARN_ON(1);
return NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT;
}
}
/**
* cfg80211_chandef_create - create channel definition using channel type
* @chandef: the channel definition struct to fill
* @channel: the control channel
* @chantype: the channel type
*
* Given a channel type, create a channel definition.
*/
void cfg80211_chandef_create(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
struct ieee80211_channel *channel,
enum nl80211_channel_type chantype);
/**
* cfg80211_chandef_identical - check if two channel definitions are identical
* @chandef1: first channel definition
* @chandef2: second channel definition
*
* Return: %true if the channels defined by the channel definitions are
* identical, %false otherwise.
*/
static inline bool
cfg80211_chandef_identical(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef1,
const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef2)
{
return (chandef1->chan == chandef2->chan &&
chandef1->width == chandef2->width &&
chandef1->center_freq1 == chandef2->center_freq1 &&
chandef1->freq1_offset == chandef2->freq1_offset &&
chandef1->center_freq2 == chandef2->center_freq2 &&
chandef1->punctured == chandef2->punctured);
}
/**
* cfg80211_chandef_is_edmg - check if chandef represents an EDMG channel
*
* @chandef: the channel definition
*
* Return: %true if EDMG defined, %false otherwise.
*/
static inline bool
cfg80211_chandef_is_edmg(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef)
{
return chandef->edmg.channels || chandef->edmg.bw_config;
}
/**
* cfg80211_chandef_compatible - check if two channel definitions are compatible
* @chandef1: first channel definition
* @chandef2: second channel definition
*
* Return: %NULL if the given channel definitions are incompatible,
* chandef1 or chandef2 otherwise.
*/
const struct cfg80211_chan_def *
cfg80211_chandef_compatible(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef1,
const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef2);
/**
* nl80211_chan_width_to_mhz - get the channel width in MHz
* @chan_width: the channel width from &enum nl80211_chan_width
*
* Return: channel width in MHz if the chan_width from &enum nl80211_chan_width
* is valid. -1 otherwise.
*/
int nl80211_chan_width_to_mhz(enum nl80211_chan_width chan_width);
/**
* cfg80211_chandef_valid - check if a channel definition is valid
* @chandef: the channel definition to check
* Return: %true if the channel definition is valid. %false otherwise.
*/
bool cfg80211_chandef_valid(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef);
/**
* cfg80211_chandef_usable - check if secondary channels can be used
* @wiphy: the wiphy to validate against
* @chandef: the channel definition to check
* @prohibited_flags: the regulatory channel flags that must not be set
* Return: %true if secondary channels are usable. %false otherwise.
*/
bool cfg80211_chandef_usable(struct wiphy *wiphy,
const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
u32 prohibited_flags);
/**
* cfg80211_chandef_dfs_required - checks if radar detection is required
* @wiphy: the wiphy to validate against
* @chandef: the channel definition to check
* @iftype: the interface type as specified in &enum nl80211_iftype
* Returns:
* 1 if radar detection is required, 0 if it is not, < 0 on error
*/
int cfg80211_chandef_dfs_required(struct wiphy *wiphy,
const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
enum nl80211_iftype iftype);
/**
* cfg80211_chandef_dfs_usable - checks if chandef is DFS usable and we
* can/need start CAC on such channel
* @wiphy: the wiphy to validate against
* @chandef: the channel definition to check
*
* Return: true if all channels available and at least
* one channel requires CAC (NL80211_DFS_USABLE)
*/
bool cfg80211_chandef_dfs_usable(struct wiphy *wiphy,
const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef);
/**
* cfg80211_chandef_dfs_cac_time - get the DFS CAC time (in ms) for given
* channel definition
* @wiphy: the wiphy to validate against
* @chandef: the channel definition to check
*
* Returns: DFS CAC time (in ms) which applies for this channel definition
*/
unsigned int
cfg80211_chandef_dfs_cac_time(struct wiphy *wiphy,
const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef);
/**
* cfg80211_chandef_primary - calculate primary 40/80/160 MHz freq
* @chandef: chandef to calculate for
* @primary_chan_width: primary channel width to calculate center for
* @punctured: punctured sub-channel bitmap, will be recalculated
* according to the new bandwidth, can be %NULL
*
* Returns: the primary 40/80/160 MHz channel center frequency, or -1
* for errors, updating the punctured bitmap
*/
int cfg80211_chandef_primary(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
enum nl80211_chan_width primary_chan_width,
u16 *punctured);
/**
* nl80211_send_chandef - sends the channel definition.
* @msg: the msg to send channel definition
* @chandef: the channel definition to check
*
* Returns: 0 if sent the channel definition to msg, < 0 on error
**/
int nl80211_send_chandef(struct sk_buff *msg, const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef);
/**
* ieee80211_chanwidth_rate_flags - return rate flags for channel width
* @width: the channel width of the channel
*
* In some channel types, not all rates may be used - for example CCK
* rates may not be used in 5/10 MHz channels.
*
* Returns: rate flags which apply for this channel width
*/
static inline enum ieee80211_rate_flags
ieee80211_chanwidth_rate_flags(enum nl80211_chan_width width)
{
switch (width) {
case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5:
return IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_5MHZ;
case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10:
return IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_10MHZ;
default:
break;
}
return 0;
}
/**
* ieee80211_chandef_rate_flags - returns rate flags for a channel
* @chandef: channel definition for the channel
*
* See ieee80211_chanwidth_rate_flags().
*
* Returns: rate flags which apply for this channel
*/
static inline enum ieee80211_rate_flags
ieee80211_chandef_rate_flags(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef)
{
return ieee80211_chanwidth_rate_flags(chandef->width);
}
/**
* ieee80211_chandef_max_power - maximum transmission power for the chandef
*
* In some regulations, the transmit power may depend on the configured channel
* bandwidth which may be defined as dBm/MHz. This function returns the actual
* max_power for non-standard (20 MHz) channels.
*
* @chandef: channel definition for the channel
*
* Returns: maximum allowed transmission power in dBm for the chandef
*/
static inline int
ieee80211_chandef_max_power(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef)
{
switch (chandef->width) {
case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5:
return min(chandef->chan->max_reg_power - 6,
chandef->chan->max_power);
case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10:
return min(chandef->chan->max_reg_power - 3,
chandef->chan->max_power);
default:
break;
}
return chandef->chan->max_power;
}
/**
* cfg80211_any_usable_channels - check for usable channels
* @wiphy: the wiphy to check for
* @band_mask: which bands to check on
* @prohibited_flags: which channels to not consider usable,
* %IEEE80211_CHAN_DISABLED is always taken into account
*
* Return: %true if usable channels found, %false otherwise
*/
bool cfg80211_any_usable_channels(struct wiphy *wiphy,
unsigned long band_mask,
u32 prohibited_flags);
/**
* enum survey_info_flags - survey information flags
*
* @SURVEY_INFO_NOISE_DBM: noise (in dBm) was filled in
* @SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE: channel is currently being used
* @SURVEY_INFO_TIME: active time (in ms) was filled in
* @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY: busy time was filled in
* @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY: extension channel busy time was filled in
* @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX: receive time was filled in
* @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX: transmit time was filled in
* @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN: scan time was filled in
* @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BSS_RX: local BSS receive time was filled in
*
* Used by the driver to indicate which info in &struct survey_info
* it has filled in during the get_survey().
*/
enum survey_info_flags {
SURVEY_INFO_NOISE_DBM = BIT(0),
SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE = BIT(1),
SURVEY_INFO_TIME = BIT(2),
SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY = BIT(3),
SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY = BIT(4),
SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX = BIT(5),
SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX = BIT(6),
SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN = BIT(7),
SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BSS_RX = BIT(8),
};
/**
* struct survey_info - channel survey response
*
* @channel: the channel this survey record reports, may be %NULL for a single
* record to report global statistics
* @filled: bitflag of flags from &enum survey_info_flags
* @noise: channel noise in dBm. This and all following fields are
* optional
* @time: amount of time in ms the radio was turn on (on the channel)
* @time_busy: amount of time the primary channel was sensed busy
* @time_ext_busy: amount of time the extension channel was sensed busy
* @time_rx: amount of time the radio spent receiving data
* @time_tx: amount of time the radio spent transmitting data
* @time_scan: amount of time the radio spent for scanning
* @time_bss_rx: amount of time the radio spent receiving data on a local BSS
*
* Used by dump_survey() to report back per-channel survey information.
*
* This structure can later be expanded with things like
* channel duty cycle etc.
*/
struct survey_info {
struct ieee80211_channel *channel;
u64 time;
u64 time_busy;
u64 time_ext_busy;
u64 time_rx;
u64 time_tx;
u64 time_scan;
u64 time_bss_rx;
u32 filled;
s8 noise;
};
#define CFG80211_MAX_NUM_AKM_SUITES 10
/**
* struct cfg80211_crypto_settings - Crypto settings
* @wpa_versions: indicates which, if any, WPA versions are enabled
* (from enum nl80211_wpa_versions)
* @cipher_group: group key cipher suite (or 0 if unset)
* @n_ciphers_pairwise: number of AP supported unicast ciphers
* @ciphers_pairwise: unicast key cipher suites
* @n_akm_suites: number of AKM suites
* @akm_suites: AKM suites
* @control_port: Whether user space controls IEEE 802.1X port, i.e.,
* sets/clears %NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED. If true, the driver is
* required to assume that the port is unauthorized until authorized by
* user space. Otherwise, port is marked authorized by default.
* @control_port_ethertype: the control port protocol that should be
* allowed through even on unauthorized ports
* @control_port_no_encrypt: TRUE to prevent encryption of control port
* protocol frames.
* @control_port_over_nl80211: TRUE if userspace expects to exchange control
* port frames over NL80211 instead of the network interface.
* @control_port_no_preauth: disables pre-auth rx over the nl80211 control
* port for mac80211
* @psk: PSK (for devices supporting 4-way-handshake offload)
* @sae_pwd: password for SAE authentication (for devices supporting SAE
* offload)
* @sae_pwd_len: length of SAE password (for devices supporting SAE offload)
* @sae_pwe: The mechanisms allowed for SAE PWE derivation:
*
* NL80211_SAE_PWE_UNSPECIFIED
* Not-specified, used to indicate userspace did not specify any
* preference. The driver should follow its internal policy in
* such a scenario.
*
* NL80211_SAE_PWE_HUNT_AND_PECK
* Allow hunting-and-pecking loop only
*
* NL80211_SAE_PWE_HASH_TO_ELEMENT
* Allow hash-to-element only
*
* NL80211_SAE_PWE_BOTH
* Allow either hunting-and-pecking loop or hash-to-element
*/
struct cfg80211_crypto_settings {
u32 wpa_versions;
u32 cipher_group;
int n_ciphers_pairwise;
u32 ciphers_pairwise[NL80211_MAX_NR_CIPHER_SUITES];
int n_akm_suites;
u32 akm_suites[CFG80211_MAX_NUM_AKM_SUITES];
bool control_port;
__be16 control_port_ethertype;
bool control_port_no_encrypt;
bool control_port_over_nl80211;
bool control_port_no_preauth;
const u8 *psk;
const u8 *sae_pwd;
u8 sae_pwd_len;
enum nl80211_sae_pwe_mechanism sae_pwe;
};
/**
* struct cfg80211_mbssid_config - AP settings for multi bssid
*
* @tx_wdev: pointer to the transmitted interface in the MBSSID set
* @index: index of this AP in the multi bssid group.
* @ema: set to true if the beacons should be sent out in EMA mode.
*/
struct cfg80211_mbssid_config {
struct wireless_dev *tx_wdev;
u8 index;
bool ema;
};
/**
* struct cfg80211_mbssid_elems - Multiple BSSID elements
*
* @cnt: Number of elements in array %elems.
*
* @elem: Array of multiple BSSID element(s) to be added into Beacon frames.
* @elem.data: Data for multiple BSSID elements.
* @elem.len: Length of data.
*/
struct cfg80211_mbssid_elems {
u8 cnt;
struct {
const u8 *data;
size_t len;
} elem[] __counted_by(cnt);
};
/**
* struct cfg80211_rnr_elems - Reduced neighbor report (RNR) elements
*
* @cnt: Number of elements in array %elems.
*
* @elem: Array of RNR element(s) to be added into Beacon frames.
* @elem.data: Data for RNR elements.
* @elem.len: Length of data.
*/
struct cfg80211_rnr_elems {
u8 cnt;
struct {
const u8 *data;
size_t len;
} elem[] __counted_by(cnt);
};
/**
* struct cfg80211_beacon_data - beacon data
* @link_id: the link ID for the AP MLD link sending this beacon
* @head: head portion of beacon (before TIM IE)
* or %NULL if not changed
* @tail: tail portion of beacon (after TIM IE)
* or %NULL if not changed
* @head_len: length of @head
* @tail_len: length of @tail
* @beacon_ies: extra information element(s) to add into Beacon frames or %NULL
* @beacon_ies_len: length of beacon_ies in octets
* @proberesp_ies: extra information element(s) to add into Probe Response
* frames or %NULL
* @proberesp_ies_len: length of proberesp_ies in octets
* @assocresp_ies: extra information element(s) to add into (Re)Association
* Response frames or %NULL
* @assocresp_ies_len: length of assocresp_ies in octets
* @probe_resp_len: length of probe response template (@probe_resp)
* @probe_resp: probe response template (AP mode only)
* @mbssid_ies: multiple BSSID elements
* @rnr_ies: reduced neighbor report elements
* @ftm_responder: enable FTM responder functionality; -1 for no change
* (which also implies no change in LCI/civic location data)
* @lci: Measurement Report element content, starting with Measurement Token
* (measurement type 8)
* @civicloc: Measurement Report element content, starting with Measurement
* Token (measurement type 11)
* @lci_len: LCI data length
* @civicloc_len: Civic location data length
* @he_bss_color: BSS Color settings
* @he_bss_color_valid: indicates whether bss color
* attribute is present in beacon data or not.
*/
struct cfg80211_beacon_data {
unsigned int link_id;
const u8 *head, *tail;
const u8 *beacon_ies;
const u8 *proberesp_ies;
const u8 *assocresp_ies;
const u8 *probe_resp;
const u8 *lci;
const u8 *civicloc;
struct cfg80211_mbssid_elems *mbssid_ies;
struct cfg80211_rnr_elems *rnr_ies;
s8 ftm_responder;
size_t head_len, tail_len;
size_t beacon_ies_len;
size_t proberesp_ies_len;
size_t assocresp_ies_len;
size_t probe_resp_len;
size_t lci_len;
size_t civicloc_len;
struct cfg80211_he_bss_color he_bss_color;
bool he_bss_color_valid;
};
struct mac_address {
u8 addr[ETH_ALEN];
};
/**
* struct cfg80211_acl_data - Access control list data
*
* @acl_policy: ACL policy to be applied on the station's
* entry specified by mac_addr
* @n_acl_entries: Number of MAC address entries passed
* @mac_addrs: List of MAC addresses of stations to be used for ACL
*/
struct cfg80211_acl_data {
enum nl80211_acl_policy acl_policy;
int n_acl_entries;
/* Keep it last */
struct mac_address mac_addrs[] __counted_by(n_acl_entries);
};
/**
* struct cfg80211_fils_discovery - FILS discovery parameters from
* IEEE Std 802.11ai-2016, Annex C.3 MIB detail.
*
* @update: Set to true if the feature configuration should be updated.
* @min_interval: Minimum packet interval in TUs (0 - 10000)
* @max_interval: Maximum packet interval in TUs (0 - 10000)
* @tmpl_len: Template length
* @tmpl: Template data for FILS discovery frame including the action
* frame headers.
*/
struct cfg80211_fils_discovery {
bool update;
u32 min_interval;
u32 max_interval;
size_t tmpl_len;
const u8 *tmpl;
};
/**
* struct cfg80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp - Unsolicited broadcast probe
* response parameters in 6GHz.
*
* @update: Set to true if the feature configuration should be updated.
* @interval: Packet interval in TUs. Maximum allowed is 20 TU, as mentioned
* in IEEE P802.11ax/D6.0 26.17.2.3.2 - AP behavior for fast passive
* scanning
* @tmpl_len: Template length
* @tmpl: Template data for probe response
*/
struct cfg80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp {
bool update;
u32 interval;
size_t tmpl_len;
const u8 *tmpl;
};
/**
* struct cfg80211_ap_settings - AP configuration
*
* Used to configure an AP interface.
*
* @chandef: defines the channel to use
* @beacon: beacon data
* @beacon_interval: beacon interval
* @dtim_period: DTIM period
* @ssid: SSID to be used in the BSS (note: may be %NULL if not provided from
* user space)
* @ssid_len: length of @ssid
* @hidden_ssid: whether to hide the SSID in Beacon/Probe Response frames
* @crypto: crypto settings
* @privacy: the BSS uses privacy
* @auth_type: Authentication type (algorithm)
* @smps_mode: SMPS mode
* @inactivity_timeout: time in seconds to determine station's inactivity.
* @p2p_ctwindow: P2P CT Window
* @p2p_opp_ps: P2P opportunistic PS
* @acl: ACL configuration used by the drivers which has support for
* MAC address based access control
* @pbss: If set, start as a PCP instead of AP. Relevant for DMG
* networks.
* @beacon_rate: bitrate to be used for beacons
* @ht_cap: HT capabilities (or %NULL if HT isn't enabled)
* @vht_cap: VHT capabilities (or %NULL if VHT isn't enabled)
* @he_cap: HE capabilities (or %NULL if HE isn't enabled)
* @eht_cap: EHT capabilities (or %NULL if EHT isn't enabled)
* @eht_oper: EHT operation IE (or %NULL if EHT isn't enabled)
* @ht_required: stations must support HT
* @vht_required: stations must support VHT
* @twt_responder: Enable Target Wait Time
* @he_required: stations must support HE
* @sae_h2e_required: stations must support direct H2E technique in SAE
* @flags: flags, as defined in &enum nl80211_ap_settings_flags
* @he_obss_pd: OBSS Packet Detection settings
* @he_oper: HE operation IE (or %NULL if HE isn't enabled)
* @fils_discovery: FILS discovery transmission parameters
* @unsol_bcast_probe_resp: Unsolicited broadcast probe response parameters
* @mbssid_config: AP settings for multiple bssid
*/
struct cfg80211_ap_settings {
struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon;
int beacon_interval, dtim_period;
const u8 *ssid;
size_t ssid_len;
enum nl80211_hidden_ssid hidden_ssid;
struct cfg80211_crypto_settings crypto;
bool privacy;
enum nl80211_auth_type auth_type;
enum nl80211_smps_mode smps_mode;
int inactivity_timeout;
u8 p2p_ctwindow;
bool p2p_opp_ps;
const struct cfg80211_acl_data *acl;
bool pbss;
struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask beacon_rate;
const struct ieee80211_ht_cap *ht_cap;
const struct ieee80211_vht_cap *vht_cap;
const struct ieee80211_he_cap_elem *he_cap;
const struct ieee80211_he_operation *he_oper;
const struct ieee80211_eht_cap_elem *eht_cap;
const struct ieee80211_eht_operation *eht_oper;
bool ht_required, vht_required, he_required, sae_h2e_required;
bool twt_responder;
u32 flags;
struct ieee80211_he_obss_pd he_obss_pd;
struct cfg80211_fils_discovery fils_discovery;
struct cfg80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp unsol_bcast_probe_resp;
struct cfg80211_mbssid_config mbssid_config;
};
/**
* struct cfg80211_ap_update - AP configuration update
*
* Subset of &struct cfg80211_ap_settings, for updating a running AP.
*
* @beacon: beacon data
* @fils_discovery: FILS discovery transmission parameters
* @unsol_bcast_probe_resp: Unsolicited broadcast probe response parameters
*/
struct cfg80211_ap_update {
struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon;
struct cfg80211_fils_discovery fils_discovery;
struct cfg80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp unsol_bcast_probe_resp;
};
/**
* struct cfg80211_csa_settings - channel switch settings
*
* Used for channel switch
*
* @chandef: defines the channel to use after the switch
* @beacon_csa: beacon data while performing the switch
* @counter_offsets_beacon: offsets of the counters within the beacon (tail)
* @counter_offsets_presp: offsets of the counters within the probe response
* @n_counter_offsets_beacon: number of csa counters the beacon (tail)
* @n_counter_offsets_presp: number of csa counters in the probe response
* @beacon_after: beacon data to be used on the new channel
* @radar_required: whether radar detection is required on the new channel
* @block_tx: whether transmissions should be blocked while changing
* @count: number of beacons until switch
* @link_id: defines the link on which channel switch is expected during
* MLO. 0 in case of non-MLO.
*/
struct cfg80211_csa_settings {
struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon_csa;
const u16 *counter_offsets_beacon;
const u16 *counter_offsets_presp;
unsigned int n_counter_offsets_beacon;
unsigned int n_counter_offsets_presp;
struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon_after;
bool radar_required;
bool block_tx;
u8 count;
u8 link_id;
};
/**
* struct cfg80211_color_change_settings - color change settings
*
* Used for bss color change
*
* @beacon_color_change: beacon data while performing the color countdown
* @counter_offset_beacon: offsets of the counters within the beacon (tail)
* @counter_offset_presp: offsets of the counters within the probe response
* @beacon_next: beacon data to be used after the color change
* @count: number of beacons until the color change
* @color: the color used after the change
* @link_id: defines the link on which color change is expected during MLO.
* 0 in case of non-MLO.
*/
struct cfg80211_color_change_settings {
struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon_color_change;
u16 counter_offset_beacon;
u16 counter_offset_presp;
struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon_next;
u8 count;
u8 color;
u8 link_id;
};
/**
* struct iface_combination_params - input parameters for interface combinations
*
* Used to pass interface combination parameters
*
* @num_different_channels: the number of different channels we want
* to use for verification
* @radar_detect: a bitmap where each bit corresponds to a channel
* width where radar detection is needed, as in the definition of
* &struct ieee80211_iface_combination.@radar_detect_widths
* @iftype_num: array with the number of interfaces of each interface
* type. The index is the interface type as specified in &enum
* nl80211_iftype.
* @new_beacon_int: set this to the beacon interval of a new interface
* that's not operating yet, if such is to be checked as part of
* the verification
*/
struct iface_combination_params {
int num_different_channels;
u8 radar_detect;
int iftype_num[NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES];
u32 new_beacon_int;
};
/**
* enum station_parameters_apply_mask - station parameter values to apply
* @STATION_PARAM_APPLY_UAPSD: apply new uAPSD parameters (uapsd_queues, max_sp)
* @STATION_PARAM_APPLY_CAPABILITY: apply new capability
* @STATION_PARAM_APPLY_PLINK_STATE: apply new plink state
*
* Not all station parameters have in-band "no change" signalling,
* for those that don't these flags will are used.
*/
enum station_parameters_apply_mask {
STATION_PARAM_APPLY_UAPSD = BIT(0),
STATION_PARAM_APPLY_CAPABILITY = BIT(1),
STATION_PARAM_APPLY_PLINK_STATE = BIT(2),
};
/**
* struct sta_txpwr - station txpower configuration
*
* Used to configure txpower for station.
*
* @power: tx power (in dBm) to be used for sending data traffic. If tx power
* is not provided, the default per-interface tx power setting will be
* overriding. Driver should be picking up the lowest tx power, either tx
* power per-interface or per-station.
* @type: In particular if TPC %type is NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED then tx power
* will be less than or equal to specified from userspace, whereas if TPC
* %type is NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC then it indicates default tx power.
* NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED is not a valid configuration option for
* per peer TPC.
*/
struct sta_txpwr {
s16 power;
enum nl80211_tx_power_setting type;
};
/**
* struct link_station_parameters - link station parameters
*
* Used to change and create a new link station.
*
* @mld_mac: MAC address of the station
* @link_id: the link id (-1 for non-MLD station)
* @link_mac: MAC address of the link
* @supported_rates: supported rates in IEEE 802.11 format
* (or NULL for no change)
* @supported_rates_len: number of supported rates
* @ht_capa: HT capabilities of station
* @vht_capa: VHT capabilities of station
* @opmode_notif: operating mode field from Operating Mode Notification
* @opmode_notif_used: information if operating mode field is used
* @he_capa: HE capabilities of station
* @he_capa_len: the length of the HE capabilities
* @txpwr: transmit power for an associated station
* @txpwr_set: txpwr field is set
* @he_6ghz_capa: HE 6 GHz Band capabilities of station
* @eht_capa: EHT capabilities of station
* @eht_capa_len: the length of the EHT capabilities
*/
struct link_station_parameters {
const u8 *mld_mac;
int link_id;
const u8 *link_mac;
const u8 *supported_rates;
u8 supported_rates_len;
const struct ieee80211_ht_cap *ht_capa;
const struct ieee80211_vht_cap *vht_capa;
u8 opmode_notif;
bool opmode_notif_used;
const struct ieee80211_he_cap_elem *he_capa;
u8 he_capa_len;
struct sta_txpwr txpwr;
bool txpwr_set;
const struct ieee80211_he_6ghz_capa *he_6ghz_capa;
const struct ieee80211_eht_cap_elem *eht_capa;
u8 eht_capa_len;
};
/**
* struct link_station_del_parameters - link station deletion parameters
*
* Used to delete a link station entry (or all stations).
*
* @mld_mac: MAC address of the station
* @link_id: the link id
*/
struct link_station_del_parameters {
const u8 *mld_mac;
u32 link_id;
};
/**
* struct cfg80211_ttlm_params: TID to link mapping parameters
*
* Used for setting a TID to link mapping.
*
* @dlink: Downlink TID to link mapping, as defined in section 9.4.2.314
* (TID-To-Link Mapping element) in Draft P802.11be_D4.0.
* @ulink: Uplink TID to link mapping, as defined in section 9.4.2.314
* (TID-To-Link Mapping element) in Draft P802.11be_D4.0.
*/
struct cfg80211_ttlm_params {
u16 dlink[8];
u16 ulink[8];
};
/**
* struct station_parameters - station parameters
*
* Used to change and create a new station.
*
* @vlan: vlan interface station should belong to
* @sta_flags_mask: station flags that changed
* (bitmask of BIT(%NL80211_STA_FLAG_...))
* @sta_flags_set: station flags values
* (bitmask of BIT(%NL80211_STA_FLAG_...))
* @listen_interval: listen interval or -1 for no change
* @aid: AID or zero for no change
* @vlan_id: VLAN ID for station (if nonzero)
* @peer_aid: mesh peer AID or zero for no change
* @plink_action: plink action to take
* @plink_state: set the peer link state for a station
* @uapsd_queues: bitmap of queues configured for uapsd. same format
* as the AC bitmap in the QoS info field
* @max_sp: max Service Period. same format as the MAX_SP in the
* QoS info field (but already shifted down)
* @sta_modify_mask: bitmap indicating which parameters changed
* (for those that don't have a natural "no change" value),
* see &enum station_parameters_apply_mask
* @local_pm: local link-specific mesh power save mode (no change when set
* to unknown)
* @capability: station capability
* @ext_capab: extended capabilities of the station
* @ext_capab_len: number of extended capabilities
* @supported_channels: supported channels in IEEE 802.11 format
* @supported_channels_len: number of supported channels
* @supported_oper_classes: supported oper classes in IEEE 802.11 format
* @supported_oper_classes_len: number of supported operating classes
* @support_p2p_ps: information if station supports P2P PS mechanism
* @airtime_weight: airtime scheduler weight for this station
* @link_sta_params: link related params.
*/
struct station_parameters {
struct net_device *vlan;
u32 sta_flags_mask, sta_flags_set;
u32 sta_modify_mask;
int listen_interval;
u16 aid;
u16 vlan_id;
u16 peer_aid;
u8 plink_action;
u8 plink_state;
u8 uapsd_queues;
u8 max_sp;
enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode local_pm;
u16 capability;
const u8 *ext_capab;
u8 ext_capab_len;
const u8 *supported_channels;
u8 supported_channels_len;
const u8 *supported_oper_classes;
u8 supported_oper_classes_len;
int support_p2p_ps;
u16 airtime_weight;
struct link_station_parameters link_sta_params;
};
/**
* struct station_del_parameters - station deletion parameters
*
* Used to delete a station entry (or all stations).
*
* @mac: MAC address of the station to remove or NULL to remove all stations
* @subtype: Management frame subtype to use for indicating removal
* (10 = Disassociation, 12 = Deauthentication)
* @reason_code: Reason code for the Disassociation/Deauthentication frame
* @link_id: Link ID indicating a link that stations to be flushed must be
* using; valid only for MLO, but can also be -1 for MLO to really
* remove all stations.
*/
struct station_del_parameters {
const u8 *mac;
u8 subtype;
u16 reason_code;
int link_id;
};
/**
* enum cfg80211_station_type - the type of station being modified
* @CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT: client of an AP interface
* @CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT_UNASSOC: client of an AP interface that is still
* unassociated (update properties for this type of client is permitted)
* @CFG80211_STA_AP_MLME_CLIENT: client of an AP interface that has
* the AP MLME in the device
* @CFG80211_STA_AP_STA: AP station on managed interface
* @CFG80211_STA_IBSS: IBSS station
* @CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_SETUP: TDLS peer on managed interface (dummy entry
* while TDLS setup is in progress, it moves out of this state when
* being marked authorized; use this only if TDLS with external setup is
* supported/used)
* @CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_ACTIVE: TDLS peer on managed interface (active
* entry that is operating, has been marked authorized by userspace)
* @CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_KERNEL: peer on mesh interface (kernel managed)
* @CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_USER: peer on mesh interface (user managed)
*/
enum cfg80211_station_type {
CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT,
CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT_UNASSOC,
CFG80211_STA_AP_MLME_CLIENT,
CFG80211_STA_AP_STA,
CFG80211_STA_IBSS,
CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_SETUP,
CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_ACTIVE,
CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_KERNEL,
CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_USER,
};
/**
* cfg80211_check_station_change - validate parameter changes
* @wiphy: the wiphy this operates on
* @params: the new parameters for a station
* @statype: the type of station being modified
*
* Utility function for the @change_station driver method. Call this function
* with the appropriate station type looking up the station (and checking that
* it exists). It will verify whether the station change is acceptable.
*
* Return: 0 if the change is acceptable, otherwise an error code. Note that
* it may modify the parameters for backward compatibility reasons, so don't
* use them before calling this.
*/
int cfg80211_check_station_change(struct wiphy *wiphy,
struct station_parameters *params,
enum cfg80211_station_type statype);
/**
* enum rate_info_flags - bitrate info flags
*
* Used by the driver to indicate the specific rate transmission
* type for 802.11n transmissions.
*
* @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_MCS: mcs field filled with HT MCS
* @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_VHT_MCS: mcs field filled with VHT MCS
* @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_SHORT_GI: 400ns guard interval
* @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_DMG: 60GHz MCS
* @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_HE_MCS: HE MCS information
* @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_EDMG: 60GHz MCS in EDMG mode
* @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_EXTENDED_SC_DMG: 60GHz extended SC MCS
* @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_EHT_MCS: EHT MCS information
* @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_S1G_MCS: MCS field filled with S1G MCS
*/
enum rate_info_flags {
RATE_INFO_FLAGS_MCS = BIT(0),
RATE_INFO_FLAGS_VHT_MCS = BIT(1),
RATE_INFO_FLAGS_SHORT_GI = BIT(2),
RATE_INFO_FLAGS_DMG = BIT(3),
RATE_INFO_FLAGS_HE_MCS = BIT(4),
RATE_INFO_FLAGS_EDMG = BIT(5),
RATE_INFO_FLAGS_EXTENDED_SC_DMG = BIT(6),
RATE_INFO_FLAGS_EHT_MCS = BIT(7),
RATE_INFO_FLAGS_S1G_MCS = BIT(8),
};
/**
* enum rate_info_bw - rate bandwidth information
*
* Used by the driver to indicate the rate bandwidth.
*
* @RATE_INFO_BW_5: 5 MHz bandwidth
* @RATE_INFO_BW_10: 10 MHz bandwidth
* @RATE_INFO_BW_20: 20 MHz bandwidth
* @RATE_INFO_BW_40: 40 MHz bandwidth
* @RATE_INFO_BW_80: 80 MHz bandwidth
* @RATE_INFO_BW_160: 160 MHz bandwidth
* @RATE_INFO_BW_HE_RU: bandwidth determined by HE RU allocation
* @RATE_INFO_BW_320: 320 MHz bandwidth
* @RATE_INFO_BW_EHT_RU: bandwidth determined by EHT RU allocation
* @RATE_INFO_BW_1: 1 MHz bandwidth
* @RATE_INFO_BW_2: 2 MHz bandwidth
* @RATE_INFO_BW_4: 4 MHz bandwidth
* @RATE_INFO_BW_8: 8 MHz bandwidth
* @RATE_INFO_BW_16: 16 MHz bandwidth
*/
enum rate_info_bw {
RATE_INFO_BW_20 = 0,
RATE_INFO_BW_5,
RATE_INFO_BW_10,
RATE_INFO_BW_40,
RATE_INFO_BW_80,
RATE_INFO_BW_160,
RATE_INFO_BW_HE_RU,
RATE_INFO_BW_320,
RATE_INFO_BW_EHT_RU,
RATE_INFO_BW_1,
RATE_INFO_BW_2,
RATE_INFO_BW_4,
RATE_INFO_BW_8,
RATE_INFO_BW_16,
};
/**
* struct rate_info - bitrate information
*
* Information about a receiving or transmitting bitrate
*
* @flags: bitflag of flags from &enum rate_info_flags
* @legacy: bitrate in 100kbit/s for 802.11abg
* @mcs: mcs index if struct describes an HT/VHT/HE/EHT/S1G rate
* @nss: number of streams (VHT & HE only)
* @bw: bandwidth (from &enum rate_info_bw)
* @he_gi: HE guard interval (from &enum nl80211_he_gi)
* @he_dcm: HE DCM value
* @he_ru_alloc: HE RU allocation (from &enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc,
* only valid if bw is %RATE_INFO_BW_HE_RU)
* @n_bonded_ch: In case of EDMG the number of bonded channels (1-4)
* @eht_gi: EHT guard interval (from &enum nl80211_eht_gi)
* @eht_ru_alloc: EHT RU allocation (from &enum nl80211_eht_ru_alloc,
* only valid if bw is %RATE_INFO_BW_EHT_RU)
*/
struct rate_info {
u16 flags;
u16 legacy;
u8 mcs;
u8 nss;
u8 bw;
u8 he_gi;
u8 he_dcm;
u8 he_ru_alloc;
u8 n_bonded_ch;
u8 eht_gi;
u8 eht_ru_alloc;
};
/**
* enum bss_param_flags - bitrate info flags
*
* Used by the driver to indicate the specific rate transmission
* type for 802.11n transmissions.
*
* @BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled
* @BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_PREAMBLE: whether short preamble is enabled
* @BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME: whether short slot time is enabled
*/
enum bss_param_flags {
BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_CTS_PROT = 1<<0,
BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_PREAMBLE = 1<<1,
BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME = 1<<2,
};
/**
* struct sta_bss_parameters - BSS parameters for the attached station
*
* Information about the currently associated BSS
*
* @flags: bitflag of flags from &enum bss_param_flags
* @dtim_period: DTIM period for the BSS
* @beacon_interval: beacon interval
*/
struct sta_bss_parameters {
u8 flags;
u8 dtim_period;
u16 beacon_interval;
};
/**
* struct cfg80211_txq_stats - TXQ statistics for this TID
* @filled: bitmap of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_txq_stats to
* indicate the relevant values in this struct are filled
* @backlog_bytes: total number of bytes currently backlogged
* @backlog_packets: total number of packets currently backlogged
* @flows: number of new flows seen
* @drops: total number of packets dropped
* @ecn_marks: total number of packets marked with ECN CE
* @overlimit: number of drops due to queue space overflow
* @overmemory: number of drops due to memory limit overflow
* @collisions: number of hash collisions
* @tx_bytes: total number of bytes dequeued
* @tx_packets: total number of packets dequeued
* @max_flows: maximum number of flows supported
*/
struct cfg80211_txq_stats {
u32 filled;
u32 backlog_bytes;
u32 backlog_packets;
u32 flows;
u32 drops;
u32 ecn_marks;
u32 overlimit;
u32 overmemory;
u32 collisions;
u32 tx_bytes;
u32 tx_packets;
u32 max_flows;
};
/**
* struct cfg80211_tid_stats - per-TID statistics
* @filled: bitmap of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_tid_stats to
* indicate the relevant values in this struct are filled
* @rx_msdu: number of received MSDUs
* @tx_msdu: number of (attempted) transmitted MSDUs
* @tx_msdu_retries: number of retries (not counting the first) for
* transmitted MSDUs
* @tx_msdu_failed: number of failed transmitted MSDUs
* @txq_stats: TXQ statistics
*/
struct cfg80211_tid_stats {
u32 filled;
u64 rx_msdu;
u64 tx_msdu;
u64 tx_msdu_retries;
u64 tx_msdu_failed;
struct cfg80211_txq_stats txq_stats;
};
#define IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS 4
/**
* struct station_info - station information
*
* Station information filled by driver for get_station() and dump_station.
*
* @filled: bitflag of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_sta_info to
* indicate the relevant values in this struct for them
* @connected_time: time(in secs) since a station is last connected
* @inactive_time: time since last station activity (tx/rx) in milliseconds
* @assoc_at: bootime (ns) of the last association
* @rx_bytes: bytes (size of MPDUs) received from this station
* @tx_bytes: bytes (size of MPDUs) transmitted to this station
* @llid: mesh local link id
* @plid: mesh peer link id
* @plink_state: mesh peer link state
* @signal: The signal strength, type depends on the wiphy's signal_type.
* For CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM, value is expressed in _dBm_.
* @signal_avg: Average signal strength, type depends on the wiphy's signal_type.
* For CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM, value is expressed in _dBm_.
* @chains: bitmask for filled values in @chain_signal, @chain_signal_avg
* @chain_signal: per-chain signal strength of last received packet in dBm
* @chain_signal_avg: per-chain signal strength average in dBm
* @txrate: current unicast bitrate from this station
* @rxrate: current unicast bitrate to this station
* @rx_packets: packets (MSDUs & MMPDUs) received from this station
* @tx_packets: packets (MSDUs & MMPDUs) transmitted to this station
* @tx_retries: cumulative retry counts (MPDUs)
* @tx_failed: number of failed transmissions (MPDUs) (retries exceeded, no ACK)
* @rx_dropped_misc: Dropped for un-specified reason.
* @bss_param: current BSS parameters
* @generation: generation number for nl80211 dumps.
* This number should increase every time the list of stations
* changes, i.e. when a station is added or removed, so that
* userspace can tell whether it got a consistent snapshot.
* @assoc_req_ies: IEs from (Re)Association Request.
* This is used only when in AP mode with drivers that do not use
* user space MLME/SME implementation. The information is provided for
* the cfg80211_new_sta() calls to notify user space of the IEs.
* @assoc_req_ies_len: Length of assoc_req_ies buffer in octets.
* @sta_flags: station flags mask & values
* @beacon_loss_count: Number of times beacon loss event has triggered.
* @t_offset: Time offset of the station relative to this host.
* @local_pm: local mesh STA power save mode
* @peer_pm: peer mesh STA power save mode
* @nonpeer_pm: non-peer mesh STA power save mode
* @expected_throughput: expected throughput in kbps (including 802.11 headers)
* towards this station.
* @rx_beacon: number of beacons received from this peer
* @rx_beacon_signal_avg: signal strength average (in dBm) for beacons received
* from this peer
* @connected_to_gate: true if mesh STA has a path to mesh gate
* @rx_duration: aggregate PPDU duration(usecs) for all the frames from a peer
* @tx_duration: aggregate PPDU duration(usecs) for all the frames to a peer
* @airtime_weight: current airtime scheduling weight
* @pertid: per-TID statistics, see &struct cfg80211_tid_stats, using the last
* (IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS) index for MSDUs not encapsulated in QoS-MPDUs.
* Note that this doesn't use the @filled bit, but is used if non-NULL.
* @ack_signal: signal strength (in dBm) of the last ACK frame.
* @avg_ack_signal: average rssi value of ack packet for the no of msdu's has
* been sent.
* @rx_mpdu_count: number of MPDUs received from this station
* @fcs_err_count: number of packets (MPDUs) received from this station with
* an FCS error. This counter should be incremented only when TA of the
* received packet with an FCS error matches the peer MAC address.
* @airtime_link_metric: mesh airtime link metric.
* @connected_to_as: true if mesh STA has a path to authentication server
* @mlo_params_valid: Indicates @assoc_link_id and @mld_addr fields are filled
* by driver. Drivers use this only in cfg80211_new_sta() calls when AP
* MLD's MLME/SME is offload to driver. Drivers won't fill this
* information in cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo(), get_station() and
* dump_station() callbacks.
* @assoc_link_id: Indicates MLO link ID of the AP, with which the station
* completed (re)association. This information filled for both MLO
* and non-MLO STA connections when the AP affiliated with an MLD.
* @mld_addr: For MLO STA connection, filled with MLD address of the station.
* For non-MLO STA connection, filled with all zeros.
* @assoc_resp_ies: IEs from (Re)Association Response.
* This is used only when in AP mode with drivers that do not use user
* space MLME/SME implementation. The information is provided only for the
* cfg80211_new_sta() calls to notify user space of the IEs. Drivers won't
* fill this information in cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo(), get_station() and
* dump_station() callbacks. User space needs this information to determine
* the accepted and rejected affiliated links of the connected station.
* @assoc_resp_ies_len: Length of @assoc_resp_ies buffer in octets.
*/
struct station_info {
u64 filled;
u32 connected_time;
u32 inactive_time;
u64 assoc_at;
u64 rx_bytes;
u64 tx_bytes;
u16 llid;
u16 plid;
u8 plink_state;
s8 signal;
s8 signal_avg;
u8 chains;
s8 chain_signal[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS];
s8 chain_signal_avg[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS];
struct rate_info txrate;
struct rate_info rxrate;
u32 rx_packets;
u32 tx_packets;
u32 tx_retries;
u32 tx_failed;
u32 rx_dropped_misc;
struct sta_bss_parameters bss_param;
struct nl80211_sta_flag_update sta_flags;
int generation;
const u8 *assoc_req_ies;
size_t assoc_req_ies_len;
u32 beacon_loss_count;
s64 t_offset;
enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode local_pm;
enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode peer_pm;
enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode nonpeer_pm;
u32 expected_throughput;
u64 tx_duration;
u64 rx_duration;
u64 rx_beacon;
u8 rx_beacon_signal_avg;
u8 connected_to_gate;
struct cfg80211_tid_stats *pertid;
s8 ack_signal;
s8 avg_ack_signal;
u16 airtime_weight;
u32 rx_mpdu_count;
u32 fcs_err_count;
u32 airtime_link_metric;
u8 connected_to_as;
bool mlo_params_valid;
u8 assoc_link_id;
u8 mld_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
const u8 *assoc_resp_ies;
size_t assoc_resp_ies_len;
};
/**
* struct cfg80211_sar_sub_specs - sub specs limit
* @power: power limitation in 0.25dbm
* @freq_range_index: index the power limitation applies to
*/
struct cfg80211_sar_sub_specs {
s32 power;
u32 freq_range_index;
};
/**
* struct cfg80211_sar_specs - sar limit specs
* @type: it's set with power in 0.25dbm or other types
* @num_sub_specs: number of sar sub specs
* @sub_specs: memory to hold the sar sub specs
*/
struct cfg80211_sar_specs {
enum nl80211_sar_type type;
u32 num_sub_specs;
struct cfg80211_sar_sub_specs sub_specs[];
};
/**
* struct cfg80211_sar_freq_ranges - sar frequency ranges
* @start_freq: start range edge frequency
* @end_freq: end range edge frequency
*/
struct cfg80211_sar_freq_ranges {
u32 start_freq;
u32 end_freq;
};
/**
* struct cfg80211_sar_capa - sar limit capability
* @type: it's set via power in 0.25dbm or other types
* @num_freq_ranges: number of frequency ranges
* @freq_ranges: memory to hold the freq ranges.
*
* Note: WLAN driver may append new ranges or split an existing
* range to small ones and then append them.
*/
struct cfg80211_sar_capa {
enum nl80211_sar_type type;
u32 num_freq_ranges;
const struct cfg80211_sar_freq_ranges *freq_ranges;
};
#if IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_CFG80211)
/**
* cfg80211_get_station - retrieve information about a given station
* @dev: the device where the station is supposed to be connected to
* @mac_addr: the mac address of the station of interest
* @sinfo: pointer to the structure to fill with the information
*
* Return: 0 on success and sinfo is filled with the available information
* otherwise returns a negative error code and the content of sinfo has to be
* considered undefined.
*/
int cfg80211_get_station(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr,
struct station_info *sinfo);
#else
static inline int cfg80211_get_station(struct net_device *dev,
const u8 *mac_addr,
struct station_info *sinfo)
{
return -ENOENT;
}
#endif
/**
* enum monitor_flags - monitor flags
*
* Monitor interface configuration flags. Note that these must be the bits
* according to the nl80211 flags.
*
* @MONITOR_FLAG_CHANGED: set if the flags were changed
* @MONITOR_FLAG_FCSFAIL: pass frames with bad FCS
* @MONITOR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL: pass frames with bad PLCP
* @MONITOR_FLAG_CONTROL: pass control frames
* @MONITOR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS: disable BSSID filtering
* @MONITOR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES: report frames after processing
* @MONITOR_FLAG_ACTIVE: active monitor, ACKs frames on its MAC address
*/
enum monitor_flags {
MONITOR_FLAG_CHANGED = 1<<__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID,
MONITOR_FLAG_FCSFAIL = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL,
MONITOR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL,
MONITOR_FLAG_CONTROL = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL,
MONITOR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS,
MONITOR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES,
MONITOR_FLAG_ACTIVE = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE,
};
/**
* enum mpath_info_flags - mesh path information flags
*
* Used by the driver to indicate which info in &struct mpath_info it has filled
* in during get_station() or dump_station().
*
* @MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN: @frame_qlen filled
* @MPATH_INFO_SN: @sn filled
* @MPATH_INFO_METRIC: @metric filled
* @MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME: @exptime filled
* @MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: @discovery_timeout filled
* @MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES: @discovery_retries filled
* @MPATH_INFO_FLAGS: @flags filled
* @MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT: @hop_count filled
* @MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE: @path_change_count filled
*/
enum mpath_info_flags {
MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN = BIT(0),
MPATH_INFO_SN = BIT(1),
MPATH_INFO_METRIC = BIT(2),
MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME = BIT(3),
MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT = BIT(4),
MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES = BIT(5),
MPATH_INFO_FLAGS = BIT(6),
MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT = BIT(7),
MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE = BIT(8),
};
/**
* struct mpath_info - mesh path information
*
* Mesh path information filled by driver for get_mpath() and dump_mpath().
*
* @filled: bitfield of flags from &enum mpath_info_flags
* @frame_qlen: number of queued frames for this destination
* @sn: target sequence number
* @metric: metric (cost) of this mesh path
* @exptime: expiration time for the mesh path from now, in msecs
* @flags: mesh path flags from &enum mesh_path_flags
* @discovery_timeout: total mesh path discovery timeout, in msecs
* @discovery_retries: mesh path discovery retries
* @generation: generation number for nl80211 dumps.
* This number should increase every time the list of mesh paths
* changes, i.e. when a station is added or removed, so that
* userspace can tell whether it got a consistent snapshot.
* @hop_count: hops to destination
* @path_change_count: total number of path changes to destination
*/
struct mpath_info {
u32 filled;
u32 frame_qlen;
u32 sn;
u32 metric;
u32 exptime;
u32 discovery_timeout;
u8 discovery_retries;
u8 flags;
u8 hop_count;
u32 path_change_count;
int generation;
};
/**
* struct bss_parameters - BSS parameters
*
* Used to change BSS parameters (mainly for AP mode).
*
* @link_id: link_id or -1 for non-MLD
* @use_cts_prot: Whether to use CTS protection
* (0 = no, 1 = yes, -1 = do not change)
* @use_short_preamble: Whether the use of short preambles is allowed
* (0 = no, 1 = yes, -1 = do not change)
* @use_short_slot_time: Whether the use of short slot time is allowed
* (0 = no, 1 = yes, -1 = do not change)
* @basic_rates: basic rates in IEEE 802.11 format
* (or NULL for no change)
* @basic_rates_len: number of basic rates
* @ap_isolate: do not forward packets between connected stations
* (0 = no, 1 = yes, -1 = do not change)
* @ht_opmode: HT Operation mode
* (u16 = opmode, -1 = do not change)
* @p2p_ctwindow: P2P CT Window (-1 = no change)
* @p2p_opp_ps: P2P opportunistic PS (-1 = no change)
*/
struct bss_parameters {
int link_id;
int use_cts_prot;
int use_short_preamble;
int use_short_slot_time;
const u8 *basic_rates;
u8 basic_rates_len;
int ap_isolate;
int ht_opmode;
s8 p2p_ctwindow, p2p_opp_ps;
};
/**
* struct mesh_config - 802.11s mesh configuration
*
* These parameters can be changed while the mesh is active.
*
* @dot11MeshRetryTimeout: the initial retry timeout in millisecond units used
* by the Mesh Peering Open message
* @dot11MeshConfirmTimeout: the initial retry timeout in millisecond units
* used by the Mesh Peering Open message
* @dot11MeshHoldingTimeout: the confirm timeout in millisecond units used by
* the mesh peering management to close a mesh peering
* @dot11MeshMaxPeerLinks: the maximum number of peer links allowed on this
* mesh interface
* @dot11MeshMaxRetries: the maximum number of peer link open retries that can
* be sent to establish a new peer link instance in a mesh
* @dot11MeshTTL: the value of TTL field set at a source mesh STA
* @element_ttl: the value of TTL field set at a mesh STA for path selection
* elements
* @auto_open_plinks: whether we should automatically open peer links when we
* detect compatible mesh peers
* @dot11MeshNbrOffsetMaxNeighbor: the maximum number of neighbors to
* synchronize to for 11s default synchronization method
* @dot11MeshHWMPmaxPREQretries: the number of action frames containing a PREQ
* that an originator mesh STA can send to a particular path target
* @path_refresh_time: how frequently to refresh mesh paths in milliseconds
* @min_discovery_timeout: the minimum length of time to wait until giving up on
* a path discovery in milliseconds
* @dot11MeshHWMPactivePathTimeout: the time (in TUs) for which mesh STAs
* receiving a PREQ shall consider the forwarding information from the
* root to be valid. (TU = time unit)
* @dot11MeshHWMPpreqMinInterval: the minimum interval of time (in TUs) during
* which a mesh STA can send only one action frame containing a PREQ
* element
* @dot11MeshHWMPperrMinInterval: the minimum interval of time (in TUs) during
* which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame containing a PERR
* element
* @dot11MeshHWMPnetDiameterTraversalTime: the interval of time (in TUs) that
* it takes for an HWMP information element to propagate across the mesh
* @dot11MeshHWMPRootMode: the configuration of a mesh STA as root mesh STA
* @dot11MeshHWMPRannInterval: the interval of time (in TUs) between root
* announcements are transmitted
* @dot11MeshGateAnnouncementProtocol: whether to advertise that this mesh
* station has access to a broader network beyond the MBSS. (This is
* missnamed in draft 12.0: dot11MeshGateAnnouncementProtocol set to true
* only means that the station will announce others it's a mesh gate, but
* not necessarily using the gate announcement protocol. Still keeping the
* same nomenclature to be in sync with the spec)
* @dot11MeshForwarding: whether the Mesh STA is forwarding or non-forwarding
* entity (default is TRUE - forwarding entity)
* @rssi_threshold: the threshold for average signal strength of candidate
* station to establish a peer link
* @ht_opmode: mesh HT protection mode
*
* @dot11MeshHWMPactivePathToRootTimeout: The time (in TUs) for which mesh STAs
* receiving a proactive PREQ shall consider the forwarding information to
* the root mesh STA to be valid.
*
* @dot11MeshHWMProotInterval: The interval of time (in TUs) between proactive
* PREQs are transmitted.
* @dot11MeshHWMPconfirmationInterval: The minimum interval of time (in TUs)
* during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame containing
* a PREQ element for root path confirmation.
* @power_mode: The default mesh power save mode which will be the initial
* setting for new peer links.
* @dot11MeshAwakeWindowDuration: The duration in TUs the STA will remain awake
* after transmitting its beacon.
* @plink_timeout: If no tx activity is seen from a STA we've established
* peering with for longer than this time (in seconds), then remove it
* from the STA's list of peers. Default is 30 minutes.
* @dot11MeshConnectedToAuthServer: if set to true then this mesh STA
* will advertise that it is connected to a authentication server
* in the mesh formation field.
* @dot11MeshConnectedToMeshGate: if set to true, advertise that this STA is
* connected to a mesh gate in mesh formation info. If false, the
* value in mesh formation is determined by the presence of root paths
* in the mesh path table
* @dot11MeshNolearn: Try to avoid multi-hop path discovery (e.g. PREQ/PREP
* for HWMP) if the destination is a direct neighbor. Note that this might
* not be the optimal decision as a multi-hop route might be better. So
* if using this setting you will likely also want to disable
* dot11MeshForwarding and use another mesh routing protocol on top.
*/
struct mesh_config {
u16 dot11MeshRetryTimeout;
u16 dot11MeshConfirmTimeout;
u16 dot11MeshHoldingTimeout;
u16 dot11MeshMaxPeerLinks;
u8 dot11MeshMaxRetries;
u8 dot11MeshTTL;
u8 element_ttl;
bool auto_open_plinks;
u32 dot11MeshNbrOffsetMaxNeighbor;
u8 dot11MeshHWMPmaxPREQretries;
u32 path_refresh_time;
u16 min_discovery_timeout;
u32 dot11MeshHWMPactivePathTimeout;
u16 dot11MeshHWMPpreqMinInterval;
u16 dot11MeshHWMPperrMinInterval;
u16 dot11MeshHWMPnetDiameterTraversalTime;
u8 dot11MeshHWMPRootMode;
bool dot11MeshConnectedToMeshGate;
bool dot11MeshConnectedToAuthServer;
u16 dot11MeshHWMPRannInterval;
bool dot11MeshGateAnnouncementProtocol;
bool dot11MeshForwarding;
s32 rssi_threshold;
u16 ht_opmode;
u32 dot11MeshHWMPactivePathToRootTimeout;
u16 dot11MeshHWMProotInterval;
u16 dot11MeshHWMPconfirmationInterval;
enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode power_mode;
u16 dot11MeshAwakeWindowDuration;
u32 plink_timeout;
bool dot11MeshNolearn;
};
/**
* struct mesh_setup - 802.11s mesh setup configuration
* @chandef: defines the channel to use
* @mesh_id: the mesh ID
* @mesh_id_len: length of the mesh ID, at least 1 and at most 32 bytes
* @sync_method: which synchronization method to use
* @path_sel_proto: which path selection protocol to use
* @path_metric: which metric to use
* @auth_id: which authentication method this mesh is using
* @ie: vendor information elements (optional)
* @ie_len: length of vendor information elements
* @is_authenticated: this mesh requires authentication
* @is_secure: this mesh uses security
* @user_mpm: userspace handles all MPM functions
* @dtim_period: DTIM period to use
* @beacon_interval: beacon interval to use
* @mcast_rate: multicast rate for Mesh Node [6Mbps is the default for 802.11a]
* @basic_rates: basic rates to use when creating the mesh
* @beacon_rate: bitrate to be used for beacons
* @userspace_handles_dfs: whether user space controls DFS operation, i.e.
* changes the channel when a radar is detected. This is required
* to operate on DFS channels.
* @control_port_over_nl80211: TRUE if userspace expects to exchange control
* port frames over NL80211 instead of the network interface.
*
* These parameters are fixed when the mesh is created.
*/
struct mesh_setup {
struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
const u8 *mesh_id;
u8 mesh_id_len;
u8 sync_method;
u8 path_sel_proto;
u8 path_metric;
u8 auth_id;
const u8 *ie;
u8 ie_len;
bool is_authenticated;
bool is_secure;
bool user_mpm;
u8 dtim_period;
u16 beacon_interval;
int mcast_rate[NUM_NL80211_BANDS];
u32 basic_rates;
struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask beacon_rate;
bool userspace_handles_dfs;
bool control_port_over_nl80211;
};
/**
* struct ocb_setup - 802.11p OCB mode setup configuration
* @chandef: defines the channel to use
*
* These parameters are fixed when connecting to the network
*/
struct ocb_setup {
struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
};
/**
* struct ieee80211_txq_params - TX queue parameters
* @ac: AC identifier
* @txop: Maximum burst time in units of 32 usecs, 0 meaning disabled
* @cwmin: Minimum contention window [a value of the form 2^n-1 in the range
* 1..32767]
* @cwmax: Maximum contention window [a value of the form 2^n-1 in the range
* 1..32767]
* @aifs: Arbitration interframe space [0..255]
* @link_id: link_id or -1 for non-MLD
*/
struct ieee80211_txq_params {
enum nl80211_ac ac;
u16 txop;
u16 cwmin;
u16 cwmax;
u8 aifs;
int link_id;
};
/**
* DOC: Scanning and BSS list handling
*
* The scanning process itself is fairly simple, but cfg80211 offers quite
* a bit of helper functionality. To start a scan, the scan operation will
* be invoked with a scan definition. This scan definition contains the
* channels to scan, and the SSIDs to send probe requests for (including the
* wildcard, if desired). A passive scan is indicated by having no SSIDs to
* probe. Additionally, a scan request may contain extra information elements
* that should be added to the probe request. The IEs are guaranteed to be
* well-formed, and will not exceed the maximum length the driver advertised
* in the wiphy structure.
*
* When scanning finds a BSS, cfg80211 needs to be notified of that, because
* it is responsible for maintaining the BSS list; the driver should not
* maintain a list itself. For this notification, various functions exist.
*
* Since drivers do not maintain a BSS list, there are also a number of
* functions to search for a BSS and obtain information about it from the
* BSS structure cfg80211 maintains. The BSS list is also made available
* to userspace.
*/
/**
* struct cfg80211_ssid - SSID description
* @ssid: the SSID
* @ssid_len: length of the ssid
*/
struct cfg80211_ssid {
u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN];
u8 ssid_len;
};
/**
* struct cfg80211_scan_info - information about completed scan
* @scan_start_tsf: scan start time in terms of the TSF of the BSS that the
* wireless device that requested the scan is connected to. If this
* information is not available, this field is left zero.
* @tsf_bssid: the BSSID according to which %scan_start_tsf is set.
* @aborted: set to true if the scan was aborted for any reason,
* userspace will be notified of that
*/
struct cfg80211_scan_info {
u64 scan_start_tsf;
u8 tsf_bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
bool aborted;
};
/**
* struct cfg80211_scan_6ghz_params - relevant for 6 GHz only
*
* @short_ssid: short ssid to scan for
* @bssid: bssid to scan for
* @channel_idx: idx of the channel in the channel array in the scan request
* which the above info is relevant to
* @unsolicited_probe: the AP transmits unsolicited probe response every 20 TU
* @short_ssid_valid: @short_ssid is valid and can be used
* @psc_no_listen: when set, and the channel is a PSC channel, no need to wait
* 20 TUs before starting to send probe requests.
* @psd_20: The AP's 20 MHz PSD value.
*/
struct cfg80211_scan_6ghz_params {
u32 short_ssid;
u32 channel_idx;
u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN];
bool unsolicited_probe;
bool short_ssid_valid;
bool psc_no_listen;
s8 psd_20;
};
/**
* struct cfg80211_scan_request - scan request description
*
* @ssids: SSIDs to scan for (active scan only)
* @n_ssids: number of SSIDs
* @channels: channels to scan on.
* @n_channels: total number of channels to scan
* @ie: optional information element(s) to add into Probe Request or %NULL
* @ie_len: length of ie in octets
* @duration: how long to listen on each channel, in TUs. If
* %duration_mandatory is not set, this is the maximum dwell time and
* the actual dwell time may be shorter.
* @duration_mandatory: if set, the scan duration must be as specified by the
* %duration field.
* @flags: control flags from &enum nl80211_scan_flags
* @rates: bitmap of rates to advertise for each band
* @wiphy: the wiphy this was for
* @scan_start: time (in jiffies) when the scan started
* @wdev: the wireless device to scan for
* @info: (internal) information about completed scan
* @notified: (internal) scan request was notified as done or aborted
* @no_cck: used to send probe requests at non CCK rate in 2GHz band
* @mac_addr: MAC address used with randomisation
* @mac_addr_mask: MAC address mask used with randomisation, bits that
* are 0 in the mask should be randomised, bits that are 1 should
* be taken from the @mac_addr
* @scan_6ghz: relevant for split scan request only,
* true if this is the second scan request
* @n_6ghz_params: number of 6 GHz params
* @scan_6ghz_params: 6 GHz params
* @bssid: BSSID to scan for (most commonly, the wildcard BSSID)
* @tsf_report_link_id: for MLO, indicates the link ID of the BSS that should be
* used for TSF reporting. Can be set to -1 to indicate no preference.
*/
struct cfg80211_scan_request {
struct cfg80211_ssid *ssids;
int n_ssids;
u32 n_channels;
const u8 *ie;
size_t ie_len;
u16 duration;
bool duration_mandatory;
u32 flags;
u32 rates[NUM_NL80211_BANDS];
struct wireless_dev *wdev;
u8 mac_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
u8 mac_addr_mask[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
/* internal */
struct wiphy *wiphy;
unsigned long scan_start;
struct cfg80211_scan_info info;
bool notified;
bool no_cck;
bool scan_6ghz;
u32 n_6ghz_params;
struct cfg80211_scan_6ghz_params *scan_6ghz_params;
s8 tsf_report_link_id;
/* keep last */
struct ieee80211_channel *channels[] __counted_by(n_channels);
};
static inline void get_random_mask_addr(u8 *buf, const u8 *addr, const u8 *mask)
{
int i;
get_random_bytes(buf, ETH_ALEN);
for (i = 0; i < ETH_ALEN; i++) {
buf[i] &= ~mask[i];
buf[i] |= addr[i] & mask[i];
}
}
/**
* struct cfg80211_match_set - sets of attributes to match
*
* @ssid: SSID to be matched; may be zero-length in case of BSSID match
* or no match (RSSI only)
* @bssid: BSSID to be matched; may be all-zero BSSID in case of SSID match
* or no match (RSSI only)
* @rssi_thold: don't report scan results below this threshold (in s32 dBm)
*/
struct cfg80211_match_set {
struct cfg80211_ssid ssid;
u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN];
s32 rssi_thold;
};
/**
* struct cfg80211_sched_scan_plan - scan plan for scheduled scan
*
* @interval: interval between scheduled scan iterations. In seconds.
* @iterations: number of scan iterations in this scan plan. Zero means
* infinite loop.
* The last scan plan will always have this parameter set to zero,
* all other scan plans will have a finite number of iterations.
*/
struct cfg80211_sched_scan_plan {
u32 interval;
u32 iterations;
};
/**
* struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust - BSS selection with RSSI adjustment.
*
* @band: band of BSS which should match for RSSI level adjustment.
* @delta: value of RSSI level adjustment.
*/
struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust {
enum nl80211_band band;
s8 delta;
};
/**
* struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request - scheduled scan request description
*
* @reqid: identifies this request.
* @ssids: SSIDs to scan for (passed in the probe_reqs in active scans)
* @n_ssids: number of SSIDs
* @n_channels: total number of channels to scan
* @ie: optional information element(s) to add into Probe Request or %NULL
* @ie_len: length of ie in octets
* @flags: control flags from &enum nl80211_scan_flags
* @match_sets: sets of parameters to be matched for a scan result
* entry to be considered valid and to be passed to the host
* (others are filtered out).
* If omitted, all results are passed.
* @n_match_sets: number of match sets
* @report_results: indicates that results were reported for this request
* @wiphy: the wiphy this was for
* @dev: the interface
* @scan_start: start time of the scheduled scan
* @channels: channels to scan
* @min_rssi_thold: for drivers only supporting a single threshold, this
* contains the minimum over all matchsets
* @mac_addr: MAC address used with randomisation
* @mac_addr_mask: MAC address mask used with randomisation, bits that
* are 0 in the mask should be randomised, bits that are 1 should
* be taken from the @mac_addr
* @scan_plans: scan plans to be executed in this scheduled scan. Lowest
* index must be executed first.
* @n_scan_plans: number of scan plans, at least 1.
* @rcu_head: RCU callback used to free the struct
* @owner_nlportid: netlink portid of owner (if this should is a request
* owned by a particular socket)
* @nl_owner_dead: netlink owner socket was closed - this request be freed
* @list: for keeping list of requests.
* @delay: delay in seconds to use before starting the first scan
* cycle. The driver may ignore this parameter and start
* immediately (or at any other time), if this feature is not
* supported.
* @relative_rssi_set: Indicates whether @relative_rssi is set or not.
* @relative_rssi: Relative RSSI threshold in dB to restrict scan result
* reporting in connected state to cases where a matching BSS is determined
* to have better or slightly worse RSSI than the current connected BSS.
* The relative RSSI threshold values are ignored in disconnected state.
* @rssi_adjust: delta dB of RSSI preference to be given to the BSSs that belong
* to the specified band while deciding whether a better BSS is reported
* using @relative_rssi. If delta is a negative number, the BSSs that
* belong to the specified band will be penalized by delta dB in relative
* comparisons.
*/
struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request {
u64 reqid;
struct cfg80211_ssid *ssids;
int n_ssids;
u32 n_channels;
const u8 *ie;
size_t ie_len;
u32 flags;
struct cfg80211_match_set *match_sets;
int n_match_sets;
s32 min_rssi_thold;
u32 delay;
struct cfg80211_sched_scan_plan *scan_plans;
int n_scan_plans;
u8 mac_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
u8 mac_addr_mask[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
bool relative_rssi_set;
s8 relative_rssi;
struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust rssi_adjust;
/* internal */
struct wiphy *wiphy;
struct net_device *dev;
unsigned long scan_start;
bool report_results;
struct rcu_head rcu_head;
u32 owner_nlportid;
bool nl_owner_dead;
struct list_head list;
/* keep last */
struct ieee80211_channel *channels[];
};
/**
* enum cfg80211_signal_type - signal type
*
* @CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_NONE: no signal strength information available
* @CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM: signal strength in mBm (100*dBm)
* @CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_UNSPEC: signal strength, increasing from 0 through 100
*/
enum cfg80211_signal_type {
CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_NONE,
CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM,
CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_UNSPEC,
};
/**
* struct cfg80211_inform_bss - BSS inform data
* @chan: channel the frame was received on
* @signal: signal strength value, according to the wiphy's
* signal type
* @boottime_ns: timestamp (CLOCK_BOOTTIME) when the information was
* received; should match the time when the frame was actually
* received by the device (not just by the host, in case it was
* buffered on the device) and be accurate to about 10ms.
* If the frame isn't buffered, just passing the return value of
* ktime_get_boottime_ns() is likely appropriate.
* @parent_tsf: the time at the start of reception of the first octet of the
* timestamp field of the frame. The time is the TSF of the BSS specified
* by %parent_bssid.
* @parent_bssid: the BSS according to which %parent_tsf is set. This is set to
* the BSS that requested the scan in which the beacon/probe was received.
* @chains: bitmask for filled values in @chain_signal.
* @chain_signal: per-chain signal strength of last received BSS in dBm.
* @restrict_use: restrict usage, if not set, assume @use_for is
* %NL80211_BSS_USE_FOR_NORMAL.
* @use_for: bitmap of possible usage for this BSS, see
* &enum nl80211_bss_use_for
* @cannot_use_reasons: the reasons (bitmap) for not being able to connect,
* if @restrict_use is set and @use_for is zero (empty); may be 0 for
* unspecified reasons; see &enum nl80211_bss_cannot_use_reasons
* @drv_data: Data to be passed through to @inform_bss
*/
struct cfg80211_inform_bss {
struct ieee80211_channel *chan;
s32 signal;
u64 boottime_ns;
u64 parent_tsf;
u8 parent_bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
u8 chains;
s8 chain_signal[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS];
u8 restrict_use:1, use_for:7;
u8 cannot_use_reasons;
void *drv_data;
};
/**
* struct cfg80211_bss_ies - BSS entry IE data
* @tsf: TSF contained in the frame that carried these IEs
* @rcu_head: internal use, for freeing
* @len: length of the IEs
* @from_beacon: these IEs are known to come from a beacon
* @data: IE data
*/
struct cfg80211_bss_ies {
u64 tsf;
struct rcu_head rcu_head;
int len;
bool from_beacon;
u8 data[];
};
/**
* struct cfg80211_bss - BSS description
*
* This structure describes a BSS (which may also be a mesh network)
* for use in scan results and similar.
*
* @channel: channel this BSS is on
* @bssid: BSSID of the BSS
* @beacon_interval: the beacon interval as from the frame
* @capability: the capability field in host byte order
* @ies: the information elements (Note that there is no guarantee that these
* are well-formed!); this is a pointer to either the beacon_ies or
* proberesp_ies depending on whether Probe Response frame has been
* received. It is always non-%NULL.
* @beacon_ies: the information elements from the last Beacon frame
* (implementation note: if @hidden_beacon_bss is set this struct doesn't
* own the beacon_ies, but they're just pointers to the ones from the
* @hidden_beacon_bss struct)
* @proberesp_ies: the information elements from the last Probe Response frame
* @proberesp_ecsa_stuck: ECSA element is stuck in the Probe Response frame,
* cannot rely on it having valid data
* @hidden_beacon_bss: in case this BSS struct represents a probe response from
* a BSS that hides the SSID in its beacon, this points to the BSS struct
* that holds the beacon data. @beacon_ies is still valid, of course, and
* points to the same data as hidden_beacon_bss->beacon_ies in that case.
* @transmitted_bss: pointer to the transmitted BSS, if this is a
* non-transmitted one (multi-BSSID support)
* @nontrans_list: list of non-transmitted BSS, if this is a transmitted one
* (multi-BSSID support)
* @signal: signal strength value (type depends on the wiphy's signal_type)
* @chains: bitmask for filled values in @chain_signal.
* @chain_signal: per-chain signal strength of last received BSS in dBm.
* @bssid_index: index in the multiple BSS set
* @max_bssid_indicator: max number of members in the BSS set
* @use_for: bitmap of possible usage for this BSS, see
* &enum nl80211_bss_use_for
* @cannot_use_reasons: the reasons (bitmap) for not being able to connect,
* if @restrict_use is set and @use_for is zero (empty); may be 0 for
* unspecified reasons; see &enum nl80211_bss_cannot_use_reasons
* @priv: private area for driver use, has at least wiphy->bss_priv_size bytes
*/
struct cfg80211_bss {
struct ieee80211_channel *channel;
const struct cfg80211_bss_ies __rcu *ies;
const struct cfg80211_bss_ies __rcu *beacon_ies;
const struct cfg80211_bss_ies __rcu *proberesp_ies;
struct cfg80211_bss *hidden_beacon_bss;
struct cfg80211_bss *transmitted_bss;
struct list_head nontrans_list;
s32 signal;
u16 beacon_interval;
u16 capability;
u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN];
u8 chains;
s8 chain_signal[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS];
u8 proberesp_ecsa_stuck:1;
u8 bssid_index;
u8 max_bssid_indicator;
u8 use_for;
u8 cannot_use_reasons;
u8 priv[] __aligned(sizeof(void *));
};
/**
* ieee80211_bss_get_elem - find element with given ID
* @bss: the bss to search
* @id: the element ID
*
* Note that the return value is an RCU-protected pointer, so
* rcu_read_lock() must be held when calling this function.
* Return: %NULL if not found.
*/
const struct element *ieee80211_bss_get_elem(struct cfg80211_bss *bss, u8 id);
/**
* ieee80211_bss_get_ie - find IE with given ID
* @bss: the bss to search
* @id: the element ID
*
* Note that the return value is an RCU-protected pointer, so
* rcu_read_lock() must be held when calling this function.
* Return: %NULL if not found.
*/
static inline const u8 *ieee80211_bss_get_ie(struct cfg80211_bss *bss, u8 id)
{
return (const void *)ieee80211_bss_get_elem(bss, id);
}
/**
* struct cfg80211_auth_request - Authentication request data
*
* This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11
* authentication.
*
* @bss: The BSS to authenticate with, the callee must obtain a reference
* to it if it needs to keep it.
* @auth_type: Authentication type (algorithm)
* @ie: Extra IEs to add to Authentication frame or %NULL
* @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets
* @key_len: length of WEP key for shared key authentication
* @key_idx: index of WEP key for shared key authentication
* @key: WEP key for shared key authentication
* @auth_data: Fields and elements in Authentication frames. This contains
* the authentication frame body (non-IE and IE data), excluding the
* Authentication algorithm number, i.e., starting at the Authentication
* transaction sequence number field.
* @auth_data_len: Length of auth_data buffer in octets
* @link_id: if >= 0, indicates authentication should be done as an MLD,
* the interface address is included as the MLD address and the
* necessary link (with the given link_id) will be created (and
* given an MLD address) by the driver
* @ap_mld_addr: AP MLD address in case of authentication request with
* an AP MLD, valid iff @link_id >= 0
*/
struct cfg80211_auth_request {
struct cfg80211_bss *bss;
const u8 *ie;
size_t ie_len;
enum nl80211_auth_type auth_type;
const u8 *key;
u8 key_len;
s8 key_idx;
const u8 *auth_data;
size_t auth_data_len;
s8 link_id;
const u8 *ap_mld_addr;
};
/**
* struct cfg80211_assoc_link - per-link information for MLO association
* @bss: the BSS pointer, see also &struct cfg80211_assoc_request::bss;
* if this is %NULL for a link, that link is not requested
* @elems: extra elements for the per-STA profile for this link
* @elems_len: length of the elements
* @disabled: If set this link should be included during association etc. but it
* should not be used until enabled by the AP MLD.
* @error: per-link error code, must be <= 0. If there is an error, then the
* operation as a whole must fail.
*/
struct cfg80211_assoc_link {
struct cfg80211_bss *bss;
const u8 *elems;
size_t elems_len;
bool disabled;
int error;
};
/**
* enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags - Over-ride default behaviour in association.
*
* @ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_HT: Disable HT (802.11n)
* @ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_VHT: Disable VHT
* @ASSOC_REQ_USE_RRM: Declare RRM capability in this association
* @CONNECT_REQ_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT: User space indicates external
* authentication capability. Drivers can offload authentication to
* userspace if this flag is set. Only applicable for cfg80211_connect()
* request (connect callback).
* @ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_HE: Disable HE
* @ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_EHT: Disable EHT
* @CONNECT_REQ_MLO_SUPPORT: Userspace indicates support for handling MLD links.
* Drivers shall disable MLO features for the current association if this
* flag is not set.
* @ASSOC_REQ_SPP_AMSDU: SPP A-MSDUs will be used on this connection (if any)
*/
enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags {
ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_HT = BIT(0),
ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_VHT = BIT(1),
ASSOC_REQ_USE_RRM = BIT(2),
CONNECT_REQ_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT = BIT(3),
ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_HE = BIT(4),
ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_EHT = BIT(5),
CONNECT_REQ_MLO_SUPPORT = BIT(6),
ASSOC_REQ_SPP_AMSDU = BIT(7),
};
/**
* struct cfg80211_assoc_request - (Re)Association request data
*
* This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11
* (re)association.
* @bss: The BSS to associate with. If the call is successful the driver is
* given a reference that it must give back to cfg80211_send_rx_assoc()
* or to cfg80211_assoc_timeout(). To ensure proper refcounting, new
* association requests while already associating must be rejected.
* This also applies to the @links.bss parameter, which is used instead
* of this one (it is %NULL) for MLO associations.
* @ie: Extra IEs to add to (Re)Association Request frame or %NULL
* @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets
* @use_mfp: Use management frame protection (IEEE 802.11w) in this association
* @crypto: crypto settings
* @prev_bssid: previous BSSID, if not %NULL use reassociate frame. This is used
* to indicate a request to reassociate within the ESS instead of a request
* do the initial association with the ESS. When included, this is set to
* the BSSID of the current association, i.e., to the value that is
* included in the Current AP address field of the Reassociation Request
* frame.
* @flags: See &enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags
* @ht_capa: HT Capabilities over-rides. Values set in ht_capa_mask
* will be used in ht_capa. Un-supported values will be ignored.
* @ht_capa_mask: The bits of ht_capa which are to be used.
* @vht_capa: VHT capability override
* @vht_capa_mask: VHT capability mask indicating which fields to use
* @fils_kek: FILS KEK for protecting (Re)Association Request/Response frame or
* %NULL if FILS is not used.
* @fils_kek_len: Length of fils_kek in octets
* @fils_nonces: FILS nonces (part of AAD) for protecting (Re)Association
* Request/Response frame or %NULL if FILS is not used. This field starts
* with 16 octets of STA Nonce followed by 16 octets of AP Nonce.
* @s1g_capa: S1G capability override
* @s1g_capa_mask: S1G capability override mask
* @links: per-link information for MLO connections
* @link_id: >= 0 for MLO connections, where links are given, and indicates
* the link on which the association request should be sent
* @ap_mld_addr: AP MLD address in case of MLO association request,
* valid iff @link_id >= 0
*/
struct cfg80211_assoc_request {
struct cfg80211_bss *bss;
const u8 *ie, *prev_bssid;
size_t ie_len;
struct cfg80211_crypto_settings crypto;
bool use_mfp;
u32 flags;
struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa;
struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa_mask;
struct ieee80211_vht_cap vht_capa, vht_capa_mask;
const u8 *fils_kek;
size_t fils_kek_len;
const u8 *fils_nonces;
struct ieee80211_s1g_cap s1g_capa, s1g_capa_mask;
struct cfg80211_assoc_link links[IEEE80211_MLD_MAX_NUM_LINKS];
const u8 *ap_mld_addr;
s8 link_id;
};
/**
* struct cfg80211_deauth_request - Deauthentication request data
*
* This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11
* deauthentication.
*
* @bssid: the BSSID or AP MLD address to deauthenticate from
* @ie: Extra IEs to add to Deauthentication frame or %NULL
* @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets
* @reason_code: The reason code for the deauthentication
* @local_state_change: if set, change local state only and
* do not set a deauth frame
*/
struct cfg80211_deauth_request {
const u8 *bssid;
const u8 *ie;
size_t ie_len;
u16 reason_code;
bool local_state_change;
};
/**
* struct cfg80211_disassoc_request - Disassociation request data
*
* This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11
* disassociation.
*
* @ap_addr: the BSSID or AP MLD address to disassociate from
* @ie: Extra IEs to add to Disassociation frame or %NULL
* @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets
* @reason_code: The reason code for the disassociation
* @local_state_change: This is a request for a local state only, i.e., no
* Disassociation frame is to be transmitted.
*/
struct cfg80211_disassoc_request {
const u8 *ap_addr;
const u8 *ie;
size_t ie_len;
u16 reason_code;
bool local_state_change;
};
/**
* struct cfg80211_ibss_params - IBSS parameters
*
* This structure defines the IBSS parameters for the join_ibss()
* method.
*
* @ssid: The SSID, will always be non-null.
* @ssid_len: The length of the SSID, will always be non-zero.
* @bssid: Fixed BSSID requested, maybe be %NULL, if set do not
* search for IBSSs with a different BSSID.
* @chandef: defines the channel to use if no other IBSS to join can be found
* @channel_fixed: The channel should be fixed -- do not search for
* IBSSs to join on other channels.
* @ie: information element(s) to include in the beacon
* @ie_len: length of that
* @beacon_interval: beacon interval to use
* @privacy: this is a protected network, keys will be configured
* after joining
* @control_port: whether user space controls IEEE 802.1X port, i.e.,
* sets/clears %NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED. If true, the driver is
* required to assume that the port is unauthorized until authorized by
* user space. Otherwise, port is marked authorized by default.
* @control_port_over_nl80211: TRUE if userspace expects to exchange control
* port frames over NL80211 instead of the network interface.
* @userspace_handles_dfs: whether user space controls DFS operation, i.e.
* changes the channel when a radar is detected. This is required
* to operate on DFS channels.
* @basic_rates: bitmap of basic rates to use when creating the IBSS
* @mcast_rate: per-band multicast rate index + 1 (0: disabled)
* @ht_capa: HT Capabilities over-rides. Values set in ht_capa_mask
* will be used in ht_capa. Un-supported values will be ignored.
* @ht_capa_mask: The bits of ht_capa which are to be used.
* @wep_keys: static WEP keys, if not NULL points to an array of
* CFG80211_MAX_WEP_KEYS WEP keys
* @wep_tx_key: key index (0..3) of the default TX static WEP key
*/
struct cfg80211_ibss_params {
const u8 *ssid;
const u8 *bssid;
struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
const u8 *ie;
u8 ssid_len, ie_len;
u16 beacon_interval;
u32 basic_rates;
bool channel_fixed;
bool privacy;
bool control_port;
bool control_port_over_nl80211;
bool userspace_handles_dfs;
int mcast_rate[NUM_NL80211_BANDS];
struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa;
struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa_mask;
struct key_params *wep_keys;
int wep_tx_key;
};
/**
* struct cfg80211_bss_selection - connection parameters for BSS selection.
*
* @behaviour: requested BSS selection behaviour.
* @param: parameters for requestion behaviour.
* @param.band_pref: preferred band for %NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_BAND_PREF.
* @param.adjust: parameters for %NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST.
*/
struct cfg80211_bss_selection {
enum nl80211_bss_select_attr behaviour;
union {
enum nl80211_band band_pref;
struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust adjust;
} param;
};
/**
* struct cfg80211_connect_params - Connection parameters
*
* This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11
* authentication and association.
*
* @channel: The channel to use or %NULL if not specified (auto-select based
* on scan results)
* @channel_hint: The channel of the recommended BSS for initial connection or
* %NULL if not specified
* @bssid: The AP BSSID or %NULL if not specified (auto-select based on scan
* results)
* @bssid_hint: The recommended AP BSSID for initial connection to the BSS or
* %NULL if not specified. Unlike the @bssid parameter, the driver is
* allowed to ignore this @bssid_hint if it has knowledge of a better BSS
* to use.
* @ssid: SSID
* @ssid_len: Length of ssid in octets
* @auth_type: Authentication type (algorithm)
* @ie: IEs for association request
* @ie_len: Length of assoc_ie in octets
* @privacy: indicates whether privacy-enabled APs should be used
* @mfp: indicate whether management frame protection is used
* @crypto: crypto settings
* @key_len: length of WEP key for shared key authentication
* @key_idx: index of WEP key for shared key authentication
* @key: WEP key for shared key authentication
* @flags: See &enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags
* @bg_scan_period: Background scan period in seconds
* or -1 to indicate that default value is to be used.
* @ht_capa: HT Capabilities over-rides. Values set in ht_capa_mask
* will be used in ht_capa. Un-supported values will be ignored.
* @ht_capa_mask: The bits of ht_capa which are to be used.
* @vht_capa: VHT Capability overrides
* @vht_capa_mask: The bits of vht_capa which are to be used.
* @pbss: if set, connect to a PCP instead of AP. Valid for DMG
* networks.
* @bss_select: criteria to be used for BSS selection.
* @prev_bssid: previous BSSID, if not %NULL use reassociate frame. This is used
* to indicate a request to reassociate within the ESS instead of a request
* do the initial association with the ESS. When included, this is set to
* the BSSID of the current association, i.e., to the value that is
* included in the Current AP address field of the Reassociation Request
* frame.
* @fils_erp_username: EAP re-authentication protocol (ERP) username part of the
* NAI or %NULL if not specified. This is used to construct FILS wrapped
* data IE.
* @fils_erp_username_len: Length of @fils_erp_username in octets.
* @fils_erp_realm: EAP re-authentication protocol (ERP) realm part of NAI or
* %NULL if not specified. This specifies the domain name of ER server and
* is used to construct FILS wrapped data IE.
* @fils_erp_realm_len: Length of @fils_erp_realm in octets.
* @fils_erp_next_seq_num: The next sequence number to use in the FILS ERP
* messages. This is also used to construct FILS wrapped data IE.
* @fils_erp_rrk: ERP re-authentication Root Key (rRK) used to derive additional
* keys in FILS or %NULL if not specified.
* @fils_erp_rrk_len: Length of @fils_erp_rrk in octets.
* @want_1x: indicates user-space supports and wants to use 802.1X driver
* offload of 4-way handshake.
* @edmg: define the EDMG channels.
* This may specify multiple channels and bonding options for the driver
* to choose from, based on BSS configuration.
*/
struct cfg80211_connect_params {
struct ieee80211_channel *channel;
struct ieee80211_channel *channel_hint;
const u8 *bssid;
const u8 *bssid_hint;
const u8 *ssid;
size_t ssid_len;
enum nl80211_auth_type auth_type;
const u8 *ie;
size_t ie_len;
bool privacy;
enum nl80211_mfp mfp;
struct cfg80211_crypto_settings crypto;
const u8 *key;
u8 key_len, key_idx;
u32 flags;
int bg_scan_period;
struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa;
struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa_mask;
struct ieee80211_vht_cap vht_capa;
struct ieee80211_vht_cap vht_capa_mask;
bool pbss;
struct cfg80211_bss_selection bss_select;
const u8 *prev_bssid;
const u8 *fils_erp_username;
size_t fils_erp_username_len;
const u8 *fils_erp_realm;
size_t fils_erp_realm_len;
u16 fils_erp_next_seq_num;
const u8 *fils_erp_rrk;
size_t fils_erp_rrk_len;
bool want_1x;
struct ieee80211_edmg edmg;
};
/**
* enum cfg80211_connect_params_changed - Connection parameters being updated
*
* This enum provides information of all connect parameters that
* have to be updated as part of update_connect_params() call.
*
* @UPDATE_ASSOC_IES: Indicates whether association request IEs are updated
* @UPDATE_FILS_ERP_INFO: Indicates that FILS connection parameters (realm,
* username, erp sequence number and rrk) are updated
* @UPDATE_AUTH_TYPE: Indicates that authentication type is updated
*/
enum cfg80211_connect_params_changed {
UPDATE_ASSOC_IES = BIT(0),
UPDATE_FILS_ERP_INFO = BIT(1),
UPDATE_AUTH_TYPE = BIT(2),
};
/**
* enum wiphy_params_flags - set_wiphy_params bitfield values
* @WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_SHORT: wiphy->retry_short has changed
* @WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_LONG: wiphy->retry_long has changed
* @WIPHY_PARAM_FRAG_THRESHOLD: wiphy->frag_threshold has changed
* @WIPHY_PARAM_RTS_THRESHOLD: wiphy->rts_threshold has changed
* @WIPHY_PARAM_COVERAGE_CLASS: coverage class changed
* @WIPHY_PARAM_DYN_ACK: dynack has been enabled
* @WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_LIMIT: TXQ packet limit has been changed
* @WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT: TXQ memory limit has been changed
* @WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_QUANTUM: TXQ scheduler quantum
*/
enum wiphy_params_flags {
WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_SHORT = 1 << 0,
WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_LONG = 1 << 1,
WIPHY_PARAM_FRAG_THRESHOLD = 1 << 2,
WIPHY_PARAM_RTS_THRESHOLD = 1 << 3,
WIPHY_PARAM_COVERAGE_CLASS = 1 << 4,
WIPHY_PARAM_DYN_ACK = 1 << 5,
WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_LIMIT = 1 << 6,
WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT = 1 << 7,
WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_QUANTUM = 1 << 8,
};
#define IEEE80211_DEFAULT_AIRTIME_WEIGHT 256
/* The per TXQ device queue limit in airtime */
#define IEEE80211_DEFAULT_AQL_TXQ_LIMIT_L 5000
#define IEEE80211_DEFAULT_AQL_TXQ_LIMIT_H 12000
/* The per interface airtime threshold to switch to lower queue limit */
#define IEEE80211_AQL_THRESHOLD 24000
/**
* struct cfg80211_pmksa - PMK Security Association
*
* This structure is passed to the set/del_pmksa() method for PMKSA
* caching.
*
* @bssid: The AP's BSSID (may be %NULL).
* @pmkid: The identifier to refer a PMKSA.
* @pmk: The PMK for the PMKSA identified by @pmkid. This is used for key
* derivation by a FILS STA. Otherwise, %NULL.
* @pmk_len: Length of the @pmk. The length of @pmk can differ depending on
* the hash algorithm used to generate this.
* @ssid: SSID to specify the ESS within which a PMKSA is valid when using FILS
* cache identifier (may be %NULL).
* @ssid_len: Length of the @ssid in octets.
* @cache_id: 2-octet cache identifier advertized by a FILS AP identifying the
* scope of PMKSA. This is valid only if @ssid_len is non-zero (may be
* %NULL).
* @pmk_lifetime: Maximum lifetime for PMKSA in seconds
* (dot11RSNAConfigPMKLifetime) or 0 if not specified.
* The configured PMKSA must not be used for PMKSA caching after
* expiration and any keys derived from this PMK become invalid on
* expiration, i.e., the current association must be dropped if the PMK
* used for it expires.
* @pmk_reauth_threshold: Threshold time for reauthentication (percentage of
* PMK lifetime, dot11RSNAConfigPMKReauthThreshold) or 0 if not specified.
* Drivers are expected to trigger a full authentication instead of using
* this PMKSA for caching when reassociating to a new BSS after this
* threshold to generate a new PMK before the current one expires.
*/
struct cfg80211_pmksa {
const u8 *bssid;
const u8 *pmkid;
const u8 *pmk;
size_t pmk_len;
const u8 *ssid;
size_t ssid_len;
const u8 *cache_id;
u32 pmk_lifetime;
u8 pmk_reauth_threshold;
};
/**
* struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern - packet pattern
* @mask: bitmask where to match pattern and where to ignore bytes,
* one bit per byte, in same format as nl80211
* @pattern: bytes to match where bitmask is 1
* @pattern_len: length of pattern (in bytes)
* @pkt_offset: packet offset (in bytes)
*
* Internal note: @mask and @pattern are allocated in one chunk of
* memory, free @mask only!
*/
struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern {
const u8 *mask, *pattern;
int pattern_len;
int pkt_offset;
};
/**
* struct cfg80211_wowlan_tcp - TCP connection parameters
*
* @sock: (internal) socket for source port allocation
* @src: source IP address
* @dst: destination IP address
* @dst_mac: destination MAC address
* @src_port: source port
* @dst_port: destination port
* @payload_len: data payload length
* @payload: data payload buffer
* @payload_seq: payload sequence stamping configuration
* @data_interval: interval at which to send data packets
* @wake_len: wakeup payload match length
* @wake_data: wakeup payload match data
* @wake_mask: wakeup payload match mask
* @tokens_size: length of the tokens buffer
* @payload_tok: payload token usage configuration
*/
struct cfg80211_wowlan_tcp {
struct socket *sock;
__be32 src, dst;
u16 src_port, dst_port;
u8 dst_mac[ETH_ALEN];
int payload_len;
const u8 *payload;
struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq payload_seq;
u32 data_interval;
u32 wake_len;
const u8 *wake_data, *wake_mask;
u32 tokens_size;
/* must be last, variable member */
struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token payload_tok;
};
/**
* struct cfg80211_wowlan - Wake on Wireless-LAN support info
*
* This structure defines the enabled WoWLAN triggers for the device.
* @any: wake up on any activity -- special trigger if device continues
* operating as normal during suspend
* @disconnect: wake up if getting disconnected
* @magic_pkt: wake up on receiving magic packet
* @patterns: wake up on receiving packet matching a pattern
* @n_patterns: number of patterns
* @gtk_rekey_failure: wake up on GTK rekey failure
* @eap_identity_req: wake up on EAP identity request packet
* @four_way_handshake: wake up on 4-way handshake
* @rfkill_release: wake up when rfkill is released
* @tcp: TCP connection establishment/wakeup parameters, see nl80211.h.
* NULL if not configured.
* @nd_config: configuration for the scan to be used for net detect wake.
*/
struct cfg80211_wowlan {
bool any, disconnect, magic_pkt, gtk_rekey_failure,
eap_identity_req, four_way_handshake,
rfkill_release;
struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern *patterns;
struct cfg80211_wowlan_tcp *tcp;
int n_patterns;
struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request *nd_config;
};
/**
* struct cfg80211_coalesce_rules - Coalesce rule parameters
*
* This structure defines coalesce rule for the device.
* @delay: maximum coalescing delay in msecs.
* @condition: condition for packet coalescence.
* see &enum nl80211_coalesce_condition.
* @patterns: array of packet patterns
* @n_patterns: number of patterns
*/
struct cfg80211_coalesce_rules {
int delay;
enum nl80211_coalesce_condition condition;
struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern *patterns;
int n_patterns;
};
/**
* struct cfg80211_coalesce - Packet coalescing settings
*
* This structure defines coalescing settings.
* @rules: array of coalesce rules
* @n_rules: number of rules
*/
struct cfg80211_coalesce {
struct cfg80211_coalesce_rules *rules;
int n_rules;
};
/**
* struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_match - information about the match
*
* @ssid: SSID of the match that triggered the wake up
* @n_channels: Number of channels where the match occurred. This
* value may be zero if the driver can't report the channels.
* @channels: center frequencies of the channels where a match
* occurred (in MHz)
*/
struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_match {
struct cfg80211_ssid ssid;
int n_channels;
u32 channels[];
};
/**
* struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_info - net detect wake up information
*
* @n_matches: Number of match information instances provided in
* @matches. This value may be zero if the driver can't provide
* match information.
* @matches: Array of pointers to matches containing information about
* the matches that triggered the wake up.
*/
struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_info {
int n_matches;
struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_match *matches[];
};
/**
* struct cfg80211_wowlan_wakeup - wakeup report
* @disconnect: woke up by getting disconnected
* @magic_pkt: woke up by receiving magic packet
* @gtk_rekey_failure: woke up by GTK rekey failure
* @eap_identity_req: woke up by EAP identity request packet
* @four_way_handshake: woke up by 4-way handshake
* @rfkill_release: woke up by rfkill being released
* @pattern_idx: pattern that caused wakeup, -1 if not due to pattern
* @packet_present_len: copied wakeup packet data
* @packet_len: original wakeup packet length
* @packet: The packet causing the wakeup, if any.
* @packet_80211: For pattern match, magic packet and other data
* frame triggers an 802.3 frame should be reported, for
* disconnect due to deauth 802.11 frame. This indicates which
* it is.
* @tcp_match: TCP wakeup packet received
* @tcp_connlost: TCP connection lost or failed to establish
* @tcp_nomoretokens: TCP data ran out of tokens
* @net_detect: if not %NULL, woke up because of net detect
* @unprot_deauth_disassoc: woke up due to unprotected deauth or
* disassoc frame (in MFP).
*/
struct cfg80211_wowlan_wakeup {
bool disconnect, magic_pkt, gtk_rekey_failure,
eap_identity_req, four_way_handshake,
rfkill_release, packet_80211,
tcp_match, tcp_connlost, tcp_nomoretokens,
unprot_deauth_disassoc;
s32 pattern_idx;
u32 packet_present_len, packet_len;
const void *packet;
struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_info *net_detect;
};
/**
* struct cfg80211_gtk_rekey_data - rekey data
* @kek: key encryption key (@kek_len bytes)
* @kck: key confirmation key (@kck_len bytes)
* @replay_ctr: replay counter (NL80211_REPLAY_CTR_LEN bytes)
* @kek_len: length of kek
* @kck_len: length of kck
* @akm: akm (oui, id)
*/
struct cfg80211_gtk_rekey_data {
const u8 *kek, *kck, *replay_ctr;
u32 akm;
u8 kek_len, kck_len;
};
/**
* struct cfg80211_update_ft_ies_params - FT IE Information
*
* This structure provides information needed to update the fast transition IE
*
* @md: The Mobility Domain ID, 2 Octet value
* @ie: Fast Transition IEs
* @ie_len: Length of ft_ie in octets
*/
struct cfg80211_update_ft_ies_params {
u16 md;
const u8 *ie;
size_t ie_len;
};
/**
* struct cfg80211_mgmt_tx_params - mgmt tx parameters
*
* This structure provides information needed to transmit a mgmt frame
*
* @chan: channel to use
* @offchan: indicates whether off channel operation is required
* @wait: duration for ROC
* @buf: buffer to transmit
* @len: buffer length
* @no_cck: don't use cck rates for this frame
* @dont_wait_for_ack: tells the low level not to wait for an ack
* @n_csa_offsets: length of csa_offsets array
* @csa_offsets: array of all the csa offsets in the frame
* @link_id: for MLO, the link ID to transmit on, -1 if not given; note
* that the link ID isn't validated (much), it's in range but the
* link might not exist (or be used by the receiver STA)
*/
struct cfg80211_mgmt_tx_params {
struct ieee80211_channel *chan;
bool offchan;
unsigned int wait;
const u8 *buf;
size_t len;
bool no_cck;
bool dont_wait_for_ack;
int n_csa_offsets;
const u16 *csa_offsets;
int link_id;
};
/**
* struct cfg80211_dscp_exception - DSCP exception
*
* @dscp: DSCP value that does not adhere to the user priority range definition
* @up: user priority value to which the corresponding DSCP value belongs
*/
struct cfg80211_dscp_exception {
u8 dscp;
u8 up;
};
/**
* struct cfg80211_dscp_range - DSCP range definition for user priority
*
* @low: lowest DSCP value of this user priority range, inclusive
* @high: highest DSCP value of this user priority range, inclusive
*/
struct cfg80211_dscp_range {
u8 low;
u8 high;
};
/* QoS Map Set element length defined in IEEE Std 802.11-2012, 8.4.2.97 */
#define IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_MAX_EX 21
#define IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_LEN_MIN 16
#define IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_LEN_MAX \
(IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_LEN_MIN + 2 * IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_MAX_EX)
/**
* struct cfg80211_qos_map - QoS Map Information
*
* This struct defines the Interworking QoS map setting for DSCP values
*
* @num_des: number of DSCP exceptions (0..21)
* @dscp_exception: optionally up to maximum of 21 DSCP exceptions from
* the user priority DSCP range definition
* @up: DSCP range definition for a particular user priority
*/
struct cfg80211_qos_map {
u8 num_des;
struct cfg80211_dscp_exception dscp_exception[IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_MAX_EX];
struct cfg80211_dscp_range up[8];
};
/**
* struct cfg80211_nan_conf - NAN configuration
*
* This struct defines NAN configuration parameters
*
* @master_pref: master preference (1 - 255)
* @bands: operating bands, a bitmap of &enum nl80211_band values.
* For instance, for NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, bit 0 would be set
* (i.e. BIT(NL80211_BAND_2GHZ)).
*/
struct cfg80211_nan_conf {
u8 master_pref;
u8 bands;
};
/**
* enum cfg80211_nan_conf_changes - indicates changed fields in NAN
* configuration
*
* @CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_PREF: master preference
* @CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_BANDS: operating bands
*/
enum cfg80211_nan_conf_changes {
CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_PREF = BIT(0),
CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_BANDS = BIT(1),
};
/**
* struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter - a NAN function Rx / Tx filter
*
* @filter: the content of the filter
* @len: the length of the filter
*/
struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter {
const u8 *filter;
u8 len;
};
/**
* struct cfg80211_nan_func - a NAN function
*
* @type: &enum nl80211_nan_function_type
* @service_id: the service ID of the function
* @publish_type: &nl80211_nan_publish_type
* @close_range: if true, the range should be limited. Threshold is
* implementation specific.
* @publish_bcast: if true, the solicited publish should be broadcasted
* @subscribe_active: if true, the subscribe is active
* @followup_id: the instance ID for follow up
* @followup_reqid: the requester instance ID for follow up
* @followup_dest: MAC address of the recipient of the follow up
* @ttl: time to live counter in DW.
* @serv_spec_info: Service Specific Info
* @serv_spec_info_len: Service Specific Info length
* @srf_include: if true, SRF is inclusive
* @srf_bf: Bloom Filter
* @srf_bf_len: Bloom Filter length
* @srf_bf_idx: Bloom Filter index
* @srf_macs: SRF MAC addresses
* @srf_num_macs: number of MAC addresses in SRF
* @rx_filters: rx filters that are matched with corresponding peer's tx_filter
* @tx_filters: filters that should be transmitted in the SDF.
* @num_rx_filters: length of &rx_filters.
* @num_tx_filters: length of &tx_filters.
* @instance_id: driver allocated id of the function.
* @cookie: unique NAN function identifier.
*/
struct cfg80211_nan_func {
enum nl80211_nan_function_type type;
u8 service_id[NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID_LEN];
u8 publish_type;
bool close_range;
bool publish_bcast;
bool subscribe_active;
u8 followup_id;
u8 followup_reqid;
struct mac_address followup_dest;
u32 ttl;
const u8 *serv_spec_info;
u8 serv_spec_info_len;
bool srf_include;
const u8 *srf_bf;
u8 srf_bf_len;
u8 srf_bf_idx;
struct mac_address *srf_macs;
int srf_num_macs;
struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter *rx_filters;
struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter *tx_filters;
u8 num_tx_filters;
u8 num_rx_filters;
u8 instance_id;
u64 cookie;
};
/**
* struct cfg80211_pmk_conf - PMK configuration
*
* @aa: authenticator address
* @pmk_len: PMK length in bytes.
* @pmk: the PMK material
* @pmk_r0_name: PMK-R0 Name. NULL if not applicable (i.e., the PMK
* is not PMK-R0). When pmk_r0_name is not NULL, the pmk field
* holds PMK-R0.
*/
struct cfg80211_pmk_conf {
const u8 *aa;
u8 pmk_len;
const u8 *pmk;
const u8 *pmk_r0_name;
};
/**
* struct cfg80211_external_auth_params - Trigger External authentication.
*
* Commonly used across the external auth request and event interfaces.
*
* @action: action type / trigger for external authentication. Only significant
* for the authentication request event interface (driver to user space).
* @bssid: BSSID of the peer with which the authentication has
* to happen. Used by both the authentication request event and
* authentication response command interface.
* @ssid: SSID of the AP. Used by both the authentication request event and
* authentication response command interface.
* @key_mgmt_suite: AKM suite of the respective authentication. Used by the
* authentication request event interface.
* @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful authentication,
* use %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if user space cannot give you
* the real status code for failures. Used only for the authentication
* response command interface (user space to driver).
* @pmkid: The identifier to refer a PMKSA.
* @mld_addr: MLD address of the peer. Used by the authentication request event
* interface. Driver indicates this to enable MLO during the authentication
* offload to user space. Driver shall look at %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_SUPPORT
* flag capability in NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to know whether the user space
* supports enabling MLO during the authentication offload.
* User space should use the address of the interface (on which the
* authentication request event reported) as self MLD address. User space
* and driver should use MLD addresses in RA, TA and BSSID fields of
* authentication frames sent or received via cfg80211. The driver
* translates the MLD addresses to/from link addresses based on the link
* chosen for the authentication.
*/
struct cfg80211_external_auth_params {
enum nl80211_external_auth_action action;
u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
struct cfg80211_ssid ssid;
unsigned int key_mgmt_suite;
u16 status;
const u8 *pmkid;
u8 mld_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
};
/**
* struct cfg80211_ftm_responder_stats - FTM responder statistics
*
* @filled: bitflag of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_ftm_stats to
* indicate the relevant values in this struct for them
* @success_num: number of FTM sessions in which all frames were successfully
* answered
* @partial_num: number of FTM sessions in which part of frames were
* successfully answered
* @failed_num: number of failed FTM sessions
* @asap_num: number of ASAP FTM sessions
* @non_asap_num: number of non-ASAP FTM sessions
* @total_duration_ms: total sessions durations - gives an indication
* of how much time the responder was busy
* @unknown_triggers_num: number of unknown FTM triggers - triggers from
* initiators that didn't finish successfully the negotiation phase with
* the responder
* @reschedule_requests_num: number of FTM reschedule requests - initiator asks
* for a new scheduling although it already has scheduled FTM slot
* @out_of_window_triggers_num: total FTM triggers out of scheduled window
*/
struct cfg80211_ftm_responder_stats {
u32 filled;
u32 success_num;
u32 partial_num;
u32 failed_num;
u32 asap_num;
u32 non_asap_num;
u64 total_duration_ms;
u32 unknown_triggers_num;
u32 reschedule_requests_num;
u32 out_of_window_triggers_num;
};
/**
* struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_result - FTM result
* @failure_reason: if this measurement failed (PMSR status is
* %NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_FAILURE), this gives a more precise
* reason than just "failure"
* @burst_index: if reporting partial results, this is the index
* in [0 .. num_bursts-1] of the burst that's being reported
* @num_ftmr_attempts: number of FTM request frames transmitted
* @num_ftmr_successes: number of FTM request frames acked
* @busy_retry_time: if failure_reason is %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_BUSY,
* fill this to indicate in how many seconds a retry is deemed possible
* by the responder
* @num_bursts_exp: actual number of bursts exponent negotiated
* @burst_duration: actual burst duration negotiated
* @ftms_per_burst: actual FTMs per burst negotiated
* @lci_len: length of LCI information (if present)
* @civicloc_len: length of civic location information (if present)
* @lci: LCI data (may be %NULL)
* @civicloc: civic location data (may be %NULL)
* @rssi_avg: average RSSI over FTM action frames reported
* @rssi_spread: spread of the RSSI over FTM action frames reported
* @tx_rate: bitrate for transmitted FTM action frame response
* @rx_rate: bitrate of received FTM action frame
* @rtt_avg: average of RTTs measured (must have either this or @dist_avg)
* @rtt_variance: variance of RTTs measured (note that standard deviation is
* the square root of the variance)
* @rtt_spread: spread of the RTTs measured
* @dist_avg: average of distances (mm) measured
* (must have either this or @rtt_avg)
* @dist_variance: variance of distances measured (see also @rtt_variance)
* @dist_spread: spread of distances measured (see also @rtt_spread)
* @num_ftmr_attempts_valid: @num_ftmr_attempts is valid
* @num_ftmr_successes_valid: @num_ftmr_successes is valid
* @rssi_avg_valid: @rssi_avg is valid
* @rssi_spread_valid: @rssi_spread is valid
* @tx_rate_valid: @tx_rate is valid
* @rx_rate_valid: @rx_rate is valid
* @rtt_avg_valid: @rtt_avg is valid
* @rtt_variance_valid: @rtt_variance is valid
* @rtt_spread_valid: @rtt_spread is valid
* @dist_avg_valid: @dist_avg is valid
* @dist_variance_valid: @dist_variance is valid
* @dist_spread_valid: @dist_spread is valid
*/
struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_result {
const u8 *lci;
const u8 *civicloc;
unsigned int lci_len;
unsigned int civicloc_len;
enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_failure_reasons failure_reason;
u32 num_ftmr_attempts, num_ftmr_successes;
s16 burst_index;
u8 busy_retry_time;
u8 num_bursts_exp;
u8 burst_duration;
u8 ftms_per_burst;
s32 rssi_avg;
s32 rssi_spread;
struct rate_info tx_rate, rx_rate;
s64 rtt_avg;
s64 rtt_variance;
s64 rtt_spread;
s64 dist_avg;
s64 dist_variance;
s64 dist_spread;
u16 num_ftmr_attempts_valid:1,
num_ftmr_successes_valid:1,
rssi_avg_valid:1,
rssi_spread_valid:1,
tx_rate_valid:1,
rx_rate_valid:1,
rtt_avg_valid:1,
rtt_variance_valid:1,
rtt_spread_valid:1,
dist_avg_valid:1,
dist_variance_valid:1,
dist_spread_valid:1;
};
/**
* struct cfg80211_pmsr_result - peer measurement result
* @addr: address of the peer
* @host_time: host time (use ktime_get_boottime() adjust to the time when the
* measurement was made)
* @ap_tsf: AP's TSF at measurement time
* @status: status of the measurement
* @final: if reporting partial results, mark this as the last one; if not
* reporting partial results always set this flag
* @ap_tsf_valid: indicates the @ap_tsf value is valid
* @type: type of the measurement reported, note that we only support reporting
* one type at a time, but you can report multiple results separately and
* they're all aggregated for userspace.
* @ftm: FTM result
*/
struct cfg80211_pmsr_result {
u64 host_time, ap_tsf;
enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status status;
u8 addr[ETH_ALEN];
u8 final:1,
ap_tsf_valid:1;
enum nl80211_peer_measurement_type type;
union {
struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_result ftm;
};
};
/**
* struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer - FTM request data
* @requested: indicates FTM is requested
* @preamble: frame preamble to use
* @burst_period: burst period to use
* @asap: indicates to use ASAP mode
* @num_bursts_exp: number of bursts exponent
* @burst_duration: burst duration
* @ftms_per_burst: number of FTMs per burst
* @ftmr_retries: number of retries for FTM request
* @request_lci: request LCI information
* @request_civicloc: request civic location information
* @trigger_based: use trigger based ranging for the measurement
* If neither @trigger_based nor @non_trigger_based is set,
* EDCA based ranging will be used.
* @non_trigger_based: use non trigger based ranging for the measurement
* If neither @trigger_based nor @non_trigger_based is set,
* EDCA based ranging will be used.
* @lmr_feedback: negotiate for I2R LMR feedback. Only valid if either
* @trigger_based or @non_trigger_based is set.
* @bss_color: the bss color of the responder. Optional. Set to zero to
* indicate the driver should set the BSS color. Only valid if
* @non_trigger_based or @trigger_based is set.
*
* See also nl80211 for the respective attribute documentation.
*/
struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer {
enum nl80211_preamble preamble;
u16 burst_period;
u8 requested:1,
asap:1,
request_lci:1,
request_civicloc:1,
trigger_based:1,
non_trigger_based:1,
lmr_feedback:1;
u8 num_bursts_exp;
u8 burst_duration;
u8 ftms_per_burst;
u8 ftmr_retries;
u8 bss_color;
};
/**
* struct cfg80211_pmsr_request_peer - peer data for a peer measurement request
* @addr: MAC address
* @chandef: channel to use
* @report_ap_tsf: report the associated AP's TSF
* @ftm: FTM data, see &struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer
*/
struct cfg80211_pmsr_request_peer {
u8 addr[ETH_ALEN];
struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
u8 report_ap_tsf:1;
struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer ftm;
};
/**
* struct cfg80211_pmsr_request - peer measurement request
* @cookie: cookie, set by cfg80211
* @nl_portid: netlink portid - used by cfg80211
* @drv_data: driver data for this request, if required for aborting,
* not otherwise freed or anything by cfg80211
* @mac_addr: MAC address used for (randomised) request
* @mac_addr_mask: MAC address mask used for randomisation, bits that
* are 0 in the mask should be randomised, bits that are 1 should
* be taken from the @mac_addr
* @list: used by cfg80211 to hold on to the request
* @timeout: timeout (in milliseconds) for the whole operation, if
* zero it means there's no timeout
* @n_peers: number of peers to do measurements with
* @peers: per-peer measurement request data
*/
struct cfg80211_pmsr_request {
u64 cookie;
void *drv_data;
u32 n_peers;
u32 nl_portid;
u32 timeout;
u8 mac_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
u8 mac_addr_mask[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
struct list_head list;
struct cfg80211_pmsr_request_peer peers[] __counted_by(n_peers);
};
/**
* struct cfg80211_update_owe_info - OWE Information
*
* This structure provides information needed for the drivers to offload OWE
* (Opportunistic Wireless Encryption) processing to the user space.
*
* Commonly used across update_owe_info request and event interfaces.
*
* @peer: MAC address of the peer device for which the OWE processing
* has to be done.
* @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful OWE info
* processing, use %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if user space
* cannot give you the real status code for failures. Used only for
* OWE update request command interface (user space to driver).
* @ie: IEs obtained from the peer or constructed by the user space. These are
* the IEs of the remote peer in the event from the host driver and
* the constructed IEs by the user space in the request interface.
* @ie_len: Length of IEs in octets.
* @assoc_link_id: MLO link ID of the AP, with which (re)association requested
* by peer. This will be filled by driver for both MLO and non-MLO station
* connections when the AP affiliated with an MLD. For non-MLD AP mode, it
* will be -1. Used only with OWE update event (driver to user space).
* @peer_mld_addr: For MLO connection, MLD address of the peer. For non-MLO
* connection, it will be all zeros. This is applicable only when
* @assoc_link_id is not -1, i.e., the AP affiliated with an MLD. Used only
* with OWE update event (driver to user space).
*/
struct cfg80211_update_owe_info {
u8 peer[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
u16 status;
const u8 *ie;
size_t ie_len;
int assoc_link_id;
u8 peer_mld_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
};
/**
* struct mgmt_frame_regs - management frame registrations data
* @global_stypes: bitmap of management frame subtypes registered
* for the entire device
* @interface_stypes: bitmap of management frame subtypes registered
* for the given interface
* @global_mcast_stypes: mcast RX is needed globally for these subtypes
* @interface_mcast_stypes: mcast RX is needed on this interface
* for these subtypes
*/
struct mgmt_frame_regs {
u32 global_stypes, interface_stypes;
u32 global_mcast_stypes, interface_mcast_stypes;
};
/**
* struct cfg80211_ops - backend description for wireless configuration
*
* This struct is registered by fullmac card drivers and/or wireless stacks
* in order to handle configuration requests on their interfaces.
*
* All callbacks except where otherwise noted should return 0
* on success or a negative error code.
*
* All operations are invoked with the wiphy mutex held. The RTNL may be
* held in addition (due to wireless extensions) but this cannot be relied
* upon except in cases where documented below. Note that due to ordering,
* the RTNL also cannot be acquired in any handlers.
*
* @suspend: wiphy device needs to be suspended. The variable @wow will
* be %NULL or contain the enabled Wake-on-Wireless triggers that are
* configured for the device.
* @resume: wiphy device needs to be resumed
* @set_wakeup: Called when WoWLAN is enabled/disabled, use this callback
* to call device_set_wakeup_enable() to enable/disable wakeup from
* the device.
*
* @add_virtual_intf: create a new virtual interface with the given name,
* must set the struct wireless_dev's iftype. Beware: You must create
* the new netdev in the wiphy's network namespace! Returns the struct
* wireless_dev, or an ERR_PTR. For P2P device wdevs, the driver must
* also set the address member in the wdev.
* This additionally holds the RTNL to be able to do netdev changes.
*
* @del_virtual_intf: remove the virtual interface
* This additionally holds the RTNL to be able to do netdev changes.
*
* @change_virtual_intf: change type/configuration of virtual interface,
* keep the struct wireless_dev's iftype updated.
* This additionally holds the RTNL to be able to do netdev changes.
*
* @add_intf_link: Add a new MLO link to the given interface. Note that
* the wdev->link[] data structure has been updated, so the new link
* address is available.
* @del_intf_link: Remove an MLO link from the given interface.
*
* @add_key: add a key with the given parameters. @mac_addr will be %NULL
* when adding a group key. @link_id will be -1 for non-MLO connection.
* For MLO connection, @link_id will be >= 0 for group key and -1 for
* pairwise key, @mac_addr will be peer's MLD address for MLO pairwise key.
*
* @get_key: get information about the key with the given parameters.
* @mac_addr will be %NULL when requesting information for a group
* key. All pointers given to the @callback function need not be valid
* after it returns. This function should return an error if it is
* not possible to retrieve the key, -ENOENT if it doesn't exist.
* @link_id will be -1 for non-MLO connection. For MLO connection,
* @link_id will be >= 0 for group key and -1 for pairwise key, @mac_addr
* will be peer's MLD address for MLO pairwise key.
*
* @del_key: remove a key given the @mac_addr (%NULL for a group key)
* and @key_index, return -ENOENT if the key doesn't exist. @link_id will
* be -1 for non-MLO connection. For MLO connection, @link_id will be >= 0
* for group key and -1 for pairwise key, @mac_addr will be peer's MLD
* address for MLO pairwise key.
*
* @set_default_key: set the default key on an interface. @link_id will be >= 0
* for MLO connection and -1 for non-MLO connection.
*
* @set_default_mgmt_key: set the default management frame key on an interface.
* @link_id will be >= 0 for MLO connection and -1 for non-MLO connection.
*
* @set_default_beacon_key: set the default Beacon frame key on an interface.
* @link_id will be >= 0 for MLO connection and -1 for non-MLO connection.
*
* @set_rekey_data: give the data necessary for GTK rekeying to the driver
*
* @start_ap: Start acting in AP mode defined by the parameters.
* @change_beacon: Change the beacon parameters for an access point mode
* interface. This should reject the call when AP mode wasn't started.
* @stop_ap: Stop being an AP, including stopping beaconing.
*
* @add_station: Add a new station.
* @del_station: Remove a station
* @change_station: Modify a given station. Note that flags changes are not much
* validated in cfg80211, in particular the auth/assoc/authorized flags
* might come to the driver in invalid combinations -- make sure to check
* them, also against the existing state! Drivers must call
* cfg80211_check_station_change() to validate the information.
* @get_station: get station information for the station identified by @mac
* @dump_station: dump station callback -- resume dump at index @idx
*
* @add_mpath: add a fixed mesh path
* @del_mpath: delete a given mesh path
* @change_mpath: change a given mesh path
* @get_mpath: get a mesh path for the given parameters
* @dump_mpath: dump mesh path callback -- resume dump at index @idx
* @get_mpp: get a mesh proxy path for the given parameters
* @dump_mpp: dump mesh proxy path callback -- resume dump at index @idx
* @join_mesh: join the mesh network with the specified parameters
* (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
* @leave_mesh: leave the current mesh network
* (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
*
* @get_mesh_config: Get the current mesh configuration
*
* @update_mesh_config: Update mesh parameters on a running mesh.
* The mask is a bitfield which tells us which parameters to
* set, and which to leave alone.
*
* @change_bss: Modify parameters for a given BSS.
*
* @inform_bss: Called by cfg80211 while being informed about new BSS data
* for every BSS found within the reported data or frame. This is called
* from within the cfg8011 inform_bss handlers while holding the bss_lock.
* The data parameter is passed through from drv_data inside
* struct cfg80211_inform_bss.
* The new IE data for the BSS is explicitly passed.
*
* @set_txq_params: Set TX queue parameters
*
* @libertas_set_mesh_channel: Only for backward compatibility for libertas,
* as it doesn't implement join_mesh and needs to set the channel to
* join the mesh instead.
*
* @set_monitor_channel: Set the monitor mode channel for the device. If other
* interfaces are active this callback should reject the configuration.
* If no interfaces are active or the device is down, the channel should
* be stored for when a monitor interface becomes active.
*
* @scan: Request to do a scan. If returning zero, the scan request is given
* the driver, and will be valid until passed to cfg80211_scan_done().
* For scan results, call cfg80211_inform_bss(); you can call this outside
* the scan/scan_done bracket too.
* @abort_scan: Tell the driver to abort an ongoing scan. The driver shall
* indicate the status of the scan through cfg80211_scan_done().
*
* @auth: Request to authenticate with the specified peer
* (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
* @assoc: Request to (re)associate with the specified peer
* (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
* @deauth: Request to deauthenticate from the specified peer
* (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
* @disassoc: Request to disassociate from the specified peer
* (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
*
* @connect: Connect to the ESS with the specified parameters. When connected,
* call cfg80211_connect_result()/cfg80211_connect_bss() with status code
* %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS. If the connection fails for some reason, call
* cfg80211_connect_result()/cfg80211_connect_bss() with the status code
* from the AP or cfg80211_connect_timeout() if no frame with status code
* was received.
* The driver is allowed to roam to other BSSes within the ESS when the
* other BSS matches the connect parameters. When such roaming is initiated
* by the driver, the driver is expected to verify that the target matches
* the configured security parameters and to use Reassociation Request
* frame instead of Association Request frame.
* The connect function can also be used to request the driver to perform a
* specific roam when connected to an ESS. In that case, the prev_bssid
* parameter is set to the BSSID of the currently associated BSS as an
* indication of requesting reassociation.
* In both the driver-initiated and new connect() call initiated roaming
* cases, the result of roaming is indicated with a call to
* cfg80211_roamed(). (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
* @update_connect_params: Update the connect parameters while connected to a
* BSS. The updated parameters can be used by driver/firmware for
* subsequent BSS selection (roaming) decisions and to form the
* Authentication/(Re)Association Request frames. This call does not
* request an immediate disassociation or reassociation with the current
* BSS, i.e., this impacts only subsequent (re)associations. The bits in
* changed are defined in &enum cfg80211_connect_params_changed.
* (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
* @disconnect: Disconnect from the BSS/ESS or stop connection attempts if
* connection is in progress. Once done, call cfg80211_disconnected() in
* case connection was already established (invoked with the
* wireless_dev mutex held), otherwise call cfg80211_connect_timeout().
*
* @join_ibss: Join the specified IBSS (or create if necessary). Once done, call
* cfg80211_ibss_joined(), also call that function when changing BSSID due
* to a merge.
* (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
* @leave_ibss: Leave the IBSS.
* (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
*
* @set_mcast_rate: Set the specified multicast rate (only if vif is in ADHOC or
* MESH mode)
*
* @set_wiphy_params: Notify that wiphy parameters have changed;
* @changed bitfield (see &enum wiphy_params_flags) describes which values
* have changed. The actual parameter values are available in
* struct wiphy. If returning an error, no value should be changed.
*
* @set_tx_power: set the transmit power according to the parameters,
* the power passed is in mBm, to get dBm use MBM_TO_DBM(). The
* wdev may be %NULL if power was set for the wiphy, and will
* always be %NULL unless the driver supports per-vif TX power
* (as advertised by the nl80211 feature flag.)
* @get_tx_power: store the current TX power into the dbm variable;
* return 0 if successful
*
* @rfkill_poll: polls the hw rfkill line, use cfg80211 reporting
* functions to adjust rfkill hw state
*
* @dump_survey: get site survey information.
*
* @remain_on_channel: Request the driver to remain awake on the specified
* channel for the specified duration to complete an off-channel
* operation (e.g., public action frame exchange). When the driver is
* ready on the requested channel, it must indicate this with an event
* notification by calling cfg80211_ready_on_channel().
* @cancel_remain_on_channel: Cancel an on-going remain-on-channel operation.
* This allows the operation to be terminated prior to timeout based on
* the duration value.
* @mgmt_tx: Transmit a management frame.
* @mgmt_tx_cancel_wait: Cancel the wait time from transmitting a management
* frame on another channel
*
* @testmode_cmd: run a test mode command; @wdev may be %NULL
* @testmode_dump: Implement a test mode dump. The cb->args[2] and up may be
* used by the function, but 0 and 1 must not be touched. Additionally,
* return error codes other than -ENOBUFS and -ENOENT will terminate the
* dump and return to userspace with an error, so be careful. If any data
* was passed in from userspace then the data/len arguments will be present
* and point to the data contained in %NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA.
*
* @set_bitrate_mask: set the bitrate mask configuration
*
* @set_pmksa: Cache a PMKID for a BSSID. This is mostly useful for fullmac
* devices running firmwares capable of generating the (re) association
* RSN IE. It allows for faster roaming between WPA2 BSSIDs.
* @del_pmksa: Delete a cached PMKID.
* @flush_pmksa: Flush all cached PMKIDs.
* @set_power_mgmt: Configure WLAN power management. A timeout value of -1
* allows the driver to adjust the dynamic ps timeout value.
* @set_cqm_rssi_config: Configure connection quality monitor RSSI threshold.
* After configuration, the driver should (soon) send an event indicating
* the current level is above/below the configured threshold; this may
* need some care when the configuration is changed (without first being
* disabled.)
* @set_cqm_rssi_range_config: Configure two RSSI thresholds in the
* connection quality monitor. An event is to be sent only when the
* signal level is found to be outside the two values. The driver should
* set %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST if this method is implemented.
* If it is provided then there's no point providing @set_cqm_rssi_config.
* @set_cqm_txe_config: Configure connection quality monitor TX error
* thresholds.
* @sched_scan_start: Tell the driver to start a scheduled scan.
* @sched_scan_stop: Tell the driver to stop an ongoing scheduled scan with
* given request id. This call must stop the scheduled scan and be ready
* for starting a new one before it returns, i.e. @sched_scan_start may be
* called immediately after that again and should not fail in that case.
* The driver should not call cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped() for a requested
* stop (when this method returns 0).
*
* @update_mgmt_frame_registrations: Notify the driver that management frame
* registrations were updated. The callback is allowed to sleep.
*
* @set_antenna: Set antenna configuration (tx_ant, rx_ant) on the device.
* Parameters are bitmaps of allowed antennas to use for TX/RX. Drivers may
* reject TX/RX mask combinations they cannot support by returning -EINVAL
* (also see nl80211.h @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX).
*
* @get_antenna: Get current antenna configuration from device (tx_ant, rx_ant).
*
* @tdls_mgmt: Transmit a TDLS management frame.
* @tdls_oper: Perform a high-level TDLS operation (e.g. TDLS link setup).
*
* @probe_client: probe an associated client, must return a cookie that it
* later passes to cfg80211_probe_status().
*
* @set_noack_map: Set the NoAck Map for the TIDs.
*
* @get_channel: Get the current operating channel for the virtual interface.
* For monitor interfaces, it should return %NULL unless there's a single
* current monitoring channel.
*
* @start_p2p_device: Start the given P2P device.
* @stop_p2p_device: Stop the given P2P device.
*
* @set_mac_acl: Sets MAC address control list in AP and P2P GO mode.
* Parameters include ACL policy, an array of MAC address of stations
* and the number of MAC addresses. If there is already a list in driver
* this new list replaces the existing one. Driver has to clear its ACL
* when number of MAC addresses entries is passed as 0. Drivers which
* advertise the support for MAC based ACL have to implement this callback.
*
* @start_radar_detection: Start radar detection in the driver.
*
* @end_cac: End running CAC, probably because a related CAC
* was finished on another phy.
*
* @update_ft_ies: Provide updated Fast BSS Transition information to the
* driver. If the SME is in the driver/firmware, this information can be
* used in building Authentication and Reassociation Request frames.
*
* @crit_proto_start: Indicates a critical protocol needs more link reliability
* for a given duration (milliseconds). The protocol is provided so the
* driver can take the most appropriate actions.
* @crit_proto_stop: Indicates critical protocol no longer needs increased link
* reliability. This operation can not fail.
* @set_coalesce: Set coalesce parameters.
*
* @channel_switch: initiate channel-switch procedure (with CSA). Driver is
* responsible for veryfing if the switch is possible. Since this is
* inherently tricky driver may decide to disconnect an interface later
* with cfg80211_stop_iface(). This doesn't mean driver can accept
* everything. It should do it's best to verify requests and reject them
* as soon as possible.
*
* @set_qos_map: Set QoS mapping information to the driver
*
* @set_ap_chanwidth: Set the AP (including P2P GO) mode channel width for the
* given interface This is used e.g. for dynamic HT 20/40 MHz channel width
* changes during the lifetime of the BSS.
*
* @add_tx_ts: validate (if admitted_time is 0) or add a TX TS to the device
* with the given parameters; action frame exchange has been handled by
* userspace so this just has to modify the TX path to take the TS into
* account.
* If the admitted time is 0 just validate the parameters to make sure
* the session can be created at all; it is valid to just always return
* success for that but that may result in inefficient behaviour (handshake
* with the peer followed by immediate teardown when the addition is later
* rejected)
* @del_tx_ts: remove an existing TX TS
*
* @join_ocb: join the OCB network with the specified parameters
* (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
* @leave_ocb: leave the current OCB network
* (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
*
* @tdls_channel_switch: Start channel-switching with a TDLS peer. The driver
* is responsible for continually initiating channel-switching operations
* and returning to the base channel for communication with the AP.
* @tdls_cancel_channel_switch: Stop channel-switching with a TDLS peer. Both
* peers must be on the base channel when the call completes.
* @start_nan: Start the NAN interface.
* @stop_nan: Stop the NAN interface.
* @add_nan_func: Add a NAN function. Returns negative value on failure.
* On success @nan_func ownership is transferred to the driver and
* it may access it outside of the scope of this function. The driver
* should free the @nan_func when no longer needed by calling
* cfg80211_free_nan_func().
* On success the driver should assign an instance_id in the
* provided @nan_func.
* @del_nan_func: Delete a NAN function.
* @nan_change_conf: changes NAN configuration. The changed parameters must
* be specified in @changes (using &enum cfg80211_nan_conf_changes);
* All other parameters must be ignored.
*
* @set_multicast_to_unicast: configure multicast to unicast conversion for BSS
*
* @get_txq_stats: Get TXQ stats for interface or phy. If wdev is %NULL, this
* function should return phy stats, and interface stats otherwise.
*
* @set_pmk: configure the PMK to be used for offloaded 802.1X 4-Way handshake.
* If not deleted through @del_pmk the PMK remains valid until disconnect
* upon which the driver should clear it.
* (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
* @del_pmk: delete the previously configured PMK for the given authenticator.
* (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
*
* @external_auth: indicates result of offloaded authentication processing from
* user space
*
* @tx_control_port: TX a control port frame (EAPoL). The noencrypt parameter
* tells the driver that the frame should not be encrypted.
*
* @get_ftm_responder_stats: Retrieve FTM responder statistics, if available.
* Statistics should be cumulative, currently no way to reset is provided.
* @start_pmsr: start peer measurement (e.g. FTM)
* @abort_pmsr: abort peer measurement
*
* @update_owe_info: Provide updated OWE info to driver. Driver implementing SME
* but offloading OWE processing to the user space will get the updated
* DH IE through this interface.
*
* @probe_mesh_link: Probe direct Mesh peer's link quality by sending data frame
* and overrule HWMP path selection algorithm.
* @set_tid_config: TID specific configuration, this can be peer or BSS specific
* This callback may sleep.
* @reset_tid_config: Reset TID specific configuration for the peer, for the
* given TIDs. This callback may sleep.
*
* @set_sar_specs: Update the SAR (TX power) settings.
*
* @color_change: Initiate a color change.
*
* @set_fils_aad: Set FILS AAD data to the AP driver so that the driver can use
* those to decrypt (Re)Association Request and encrypt (Re)Association
* Response frame.
*
* @set_radar_background: Configure dedicated offchannel chain available for
* radar/CAC detection on some hw. This chain can't be used to transmit
* or receive frames and it is bounded to a running wdev.
* Background radar/CAC detection allows to avoid the CAC downtime
* switching to a different channel during CAC detection on the selected
* radar channel.
* The caller is expected to set chandef pointer to NULL in order to
* disable background CAC/radar detection.
* @add_link_station: Add a link to a station.
* @mod_link_station: Modify a link of a station.
* @del_link_station: Remove a link of a station.
*
* @set_hw_timestamp: Enable/disable HW timestamping of TM/FTM frames.
* @set_ttlm: set the TID to link mapping.
*/
struct cfg80211_ops {
int (*suspend)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_wowlan *wow);
int (*resume)(struct wiphy *wiphy);
void (*set_wakeup)(struct wiphy *wiphy, bool enabled);
struct wireless_dev * (*add_virtual_intf)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
const char *name,
unsigned char name_assign_type,
enum nl80211_iftype type,
struct vif_params *params);
int (*del_virtual_intf)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
struct wireless_dev *wdev);
int (*change_virtual_intf)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
struct net_device *dev,
enum nl80211_iftype type,
struct vif_params *params);
int (*add_intf_link)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
struct wireless_dev *wdev,
unsigned int link_id);
void (*del_intf_link)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
struct wireless_dev *wdev,
unsigned int link_id);
int (*add_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev,
int link_id, u8 key_index, bool pairwise,
const u8 *mac_addr, struct key_params *params);
int (*get_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev,
int link_id, u8 key_index, bool pairwise,
const u8 *mac_addr, void *cookie,
void (*callback)(void *cookie, struct key_params*));
int (*del_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev,
int link_id, u8 key_index, bool pairwise,
const u8 *mac_addr);
int (*set_default_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
struct net_device *netdev, int link_id,
u8 key_index, bool unicast, bool multicast);
int (*set_default_mgmt_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
struct net_device *netdev, int link_id,
u8 key_index);
int (*set_default_beacon_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
struct net_device *netdev,
int link_id,
u8 key_index);
int (*start_ap)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
struct cfg80211_ap_settings *settings);
int (*change_beacon)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
struct cfg80211_ap_update *info);
int (*stop_ap)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
unsigned int link_id);
int (*add_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
const u8 *mac,
struct station_parameters *params);
int (*del_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
struct station_del_parameters *params);
int (*change_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
const u8 *mac,
struct station_parameters *params);
int (*get_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
const u8 *mac, struct station_info *sinfo);
int (*dump_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
int idx, u8 *mac, struct station_info *sinfo);
int (*add_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
const u8 *dst, const u8 *next_hop);
int (*del_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
const u8 *dst);
int (*change_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
const u8 *dst, const u8 *next_hop);
int (*get_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
u8 *dst, u8 *next_hop, struct mpath_info *pinfo);
int (*dump_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
int idx, u8 *dst, u8 *next_hop,
struct mpath_info *pinfo);
int (*get_mpp)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
u8 *dst, u8 *mpp, struct mpath_info *pinfo);
int (*dump_mpp)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
int idx, u8 *dst, u8 *mpp,
struct mpath_info *pinfo);
int (*get_mesh_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
struct net_device *dev,
struct mesh_config *conf);
int (*update_mesh_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
struct net_device *dev, u32 mask,
const struct mesh_config *nconf);
int (*join_mesh)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
const struct mesh_config *conf,
const struct mesh_setup *setup);
int (*leave_mesh)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev);
int (*join_ocb)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
struct ocb_setup *setup);
int (*leave_ocb)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev);
int (*change_bss)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
struct bss_parameters *params);
void (*inform_bss)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_bss *bss,
const struct cfg80211_bss_ies *ies, void *data);
int (*set_txq_params)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
struct ieee80211_txq_params *params);
int (*libertas_set_mesh_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
struct net_device *dev,
struct ieee80211_channel *chan);
int (*set_monitor_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef);
int (*scan)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
struct cfg80211_scan_request *request);
void (*abort_scan)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev);
int (*auth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
struct cfg80211_auth_request *req);
int (*assoc)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
struct cfg80211_assoc_request *req);
int (*deauth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
struct cfg80211_deauth_request *req);
int (*disassoc)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
struct cfg80211_disassoc_request *req);
int (*connect)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
struct cfg80211_connect_params *sme);
int (*update_connect_params)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
struct net_device *dev,
struct cfg80211_connect_params *sme,
u32 changed);
int (*disconnect)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
u16 reason_code);
int (*join_ibss)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
struct cfg80211_ibss_params *params);
int (*leave_ibss)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev);
int (*set_mcast_rate)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
int rate[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]);
int (*set_wiphy_params)(struct wiphy *wiphy, u32 changed);
int (*set_tx_power)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
enum nl80211_tx_power_setting type, int mbm);
int (*get_tx_power)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
int *dbm);
void (*rfkill_poll)(struct wiphy *wiphy);
#ifdef CONFIG_NL80211_TESTMODE
int (*testmode_cmd)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
void *data, int len);
int (*testmode_dump)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct sk_buff *skb,
struct netlink_callback *cb,
void *data, int len);
#endif
int (*set_bitrate_mask)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
struct net_device *dev,
unsigned int link_id,
const u8 *peer,
const struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask *mask);
int (*dump_survey)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev,
int idx, struct survey_info *info);
int (*set_pmksa)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev,
struct cfg80211_pmksa *pmksa);
int (*del_pmksa)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev,
struct cfg80211_pmksa *pmksa);
int (*flush_pmksa)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev);
int (*remain_on_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
struct wireless_dev *wdev,
struct ieee80211_channel *chan,
unsigned int duration,
u64 *cookie);
int (*cancel_remain_on_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
struct wireless_dev *wdev,
u64 cookie);
int (*mgmt_tx)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
struct cfg80211_mgmt_tx_params *params,
u64 *cookie);
int (*mgmt_tx_cancel_wait)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
struct wireless_dev *wdev,
u64 cookie);
int (*set_power_mgmt)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
bool enabled, int timeout);
int (*set_cqm_rssi_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
struct net_device *dev,
s32 rssi_thold, u32 rssi_hyst);
int (*set_cqm_rssi_range_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
struct net_device *dev,
s32 rssi_low, s32 rssi_high);
int (*set_cqm_txe_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
struct net_device *dev,
u32 rate, u32 pkts, u32 intvl);
void (*update_mgmt_frame_registrations)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
struct wireless_dev *wdev,
struct mgmt_frame_regs *upd);
int (*set_antenna)(struct wiphy *wiphy, u32 tx_ant, u32 rx_ant);
int (*get_antenna)(struct wiphy *wiphy, u32 *tx_ant, u32 *rx_ant);
int (*sched_scan_start)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
struct net_device *dev,
struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request *request);
int (*sched_scan_stop)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
u64 reqid);
int (*set_rekey_data)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
struct cfg80211_gtk_rekey_data *data);
int (*tdls_mgmt)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
const u8 *peer, int link_id,
u8 action_code, u8 dialog_token, u16 status_code,
u32 peer_capability, bool initiator,
const u8 *buf, size_t len);
int (*tdls_oper)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
const u8 *peer, enum nl80211_tdls_operation oper);
int (*probe_client)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
const u8 *peer, u64 *cookie);
int (*set_noack_map)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
struct net_device *dev,
u16 noack_map);
int (*get_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
struct wireless_dev *wdev,
unsigned int link_id,
struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef);
int (*start_p2p_device)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
struct wireless_dev *wdev);
void (*stop_p2p_device)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
struct wireless_dev *wdev);
int (*set_mac_acl)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
const struct cfg80211_acl_data *params);
int (*start_radar_detection)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
struct net_device *dev,
struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
u32 cac_time_ms);
void (*end_cac)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
struct net_device *dev);
int (*update_ft_ies)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
struct cfg80211_update_ft_ies_params *ftie);
int (*crit_proto_start)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
struct wireless_dev *wdev,
enum nl80211_crit_proto_id protocol,
u16 duration);
void (*crit_proto_stop)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
struct wireless_dev *wdev);
int (*set_coalesce)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
struct cfg80211_coalesce *coalesce);
int (*channel_switch)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
struct net_device *dev,
struct cfg80211_csa_settings *params);
int (*set_qos_map)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
struct net_device *dev,
struct cfg80211_qos_map *qos_map);
int (*set_ap_chanwidth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
unsigned int link_id,
struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef);
int (*add_tx_ts)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
u8 tsid, const u8 *peer, u8 user_prio,
u16 admitted_time);
int (*del_tx_ts)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
u8 tsid, const u8 *peer);
int (*tdls_channel_switch)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
struct net_device *dev,
const u8 *addr, u8 oper_class,
struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef);
void (*tdls_cancel_channel_switch)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
struct net_device *dev,
const u8 *addr);
int (*start_nan)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
struct cfg80211_nan_conf *conf);
void (*stop_nan)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev);
int (*add_nan_func)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
struct cfg80211_nan_func *nan_func);
void (*del_nan_func)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
u64 cookie);
int (*nan_change_conf)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
struct wireless_dev *wdev,
struct cfg80211_nan_conf *conf,
u32 changes);
int (*set_multicast_to_unicast)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
struct net_device *dev,
const bool enabled);
int (*get_txq_stats)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
struct wireless_dev *wdev,
struct cfg80211_txq_stats *txqstats);
int (*set_pmk)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
const struct cfg80211_pmk_conf *conf);
int (*del_pmk)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
const u8 *aa);
int (*external_auth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
struct cfg80211_external_auth_params *params);
int (*tx_control_port)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
struct net_device *dev,
const u8 *buf, size_t len,
const u8 *dest, const __be16 proto,
const bool noencrypt, int link_id,
u64 *cookie);
int (*get_ftm_responder_stats)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
struct net_device *dev,
struct cfg80211_ftm_responder_stats *ftm_stats);
int (*start_pmsr)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *request);
void (*abort_pmsr)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *request);
int (*update_owe_info)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
struct cfg80211_update_owe_info *owe_info);
int (*probe_mesh_link)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
const u8 *buf, size_t len);
int (*set_tid_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
struct cfg80211_tid_config *tid_conf);
int (*reset_tid_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
const u8 *peer, u8 tids);
int (*set_sar_specs)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
struct cfg80211_sar_specs *sar);
int (*color_change)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
struct net_device *dev,
struct cfg80211_color_change_settings *params);
int (*set_fils_aad)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
struct cfg80211_fils_aad *fils_aad);
int (*set_radar_background)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef);
int (*add_link_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
struct link_station_parameters *params);
int (*mod_link_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
struct link_station_parameters *params);
int (*del_link_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
struct link_station_del_parameters *params);
int (*set_hw_timestamp)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
struct cfg80211_set_hw_timestamp *hwts);
int (*set_ttlm)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
struct cfg80211_ttlm_params *params);
};
/*
* wireless hardware and networking interfaces structures
* and registration/helper functions
*/
/**
* enum wiphy_flags - wiphy capability flags
*
* @WIPHY_FLAG_SPLIT_SCAN_6GHZ: if set to true, the scan request will be split
* into two, first for legacy bands and second for 6 GHz.
* @WIPHY_FLAG_NETNS_OK: if not set, do not allow changing the netns of this
* wiphy at all
* @WIPHY_FLAG_PS_ON_BY_DEFAULT: if set to true, powersave will be enabled
* by default -- this flag will be set depending on the kernel's default
* on wiphy_new(), but can be changed by the driver if it has a good
* reason to override the default
* @WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_AP: supports 4addr mode even on AP (with a single station
* on a VLAN interface). This flag also serves an extra purpose of
* supporting 4ADDR AP mode on devices which do not support AP/VLAN iftype.
* @WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_STATION: supports 4addr mode even as a station
* @WIPHY_FLAG_CONTROL_PORT_PROTOCOL: This device supports setting the
* control port protocol ethertype. The device also honours the
* control_port_no_encrypt flag.
* @WIPHY_FLAG_IBSS_RSN: The device supports IBSS RSN.
* @WIPHY_FLAG_MESH_AUTH: The device supports mesh authentication by routing
* auth frames to userspace. See @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH.
* @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_FW_ROAM: The device supports roaming feature in the
* firmware.
* @WIPHY_FLAG_AP_UAPSD: The device supports uapsd on AP.
* @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_TDLS: The device supports TDLS (802.11z) operation.
* @WIPHY_FLAG_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP: The device does not handle TDLS (802.11z)
* link setup/discovery operations internally. Setup, discovery and
* teardown packets should be sent through the @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT
* command. When this flag is not set, @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER should be
* used for asking the driver/firmware to perform a TDLS operation.
* @WIPHY_FLAG_HAVE_AP_SME: device integrates AP SME
* @WIPHY_FLAG_REPORTS_OBSS: the device will report beacons from other BSSes
* when there are virtual interfaces in AP mode by calling
* cfg80211_report_obss_beacon().
* @WIPHY_FLAG_AP_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD: When operating as an AP, the device
* responds to probe-requests in hardware.
* @WIPHY_FLAG_OFFCHAN_TX: Device supports direct off-channel TX.
* @WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: Device supports remain-on-channel call.
* @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_5_10_MHZ: Device supports 5 MHz and 10 MHz channels.
* @WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Device supports channel switch in
* beaconing mode (AP, IBSS, Mesh, ...).
* @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_EXT_KEK_KCK: The device supports bigger kek and kck keys
* @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_MLO: This is a temporary flag gating the MLO APIs,
* in order to not have them reachable in normal drivers, until we have
* complete feature/interface combinations/etc. advertisement. No driver
* should set this flag for now.
* @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_EXT_KCK_32: The device supports 32-byte KCK keys.
* @WIPHY_FLAG_NOTIFY_REGDOM_BY_DRIVER: The device could handle reg notify for
* NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER.
* @WIPHY_FLAG_CHANNEL_CHANGE_ON_BEACON: reg_call_notifier() is called if driver
* set this flag to update channels on beacon hints.
* @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_NSTR_NONPRIMARY: support connection to non-primary link
* of an NSTR mobile AP MLD.
* @WIPHY_FLAG_DISABLE_WEXT: disable wireless extensions for this device
*/
enum wiphy_flags {
WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_EXT_KEK_KCK = BIT(0),
WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_MLO = BIT(1),
WIPHY_FLAG_SPLIT_SCAN_6GHZ = BIT(2),
WIPHY_FLAG_NETNS_OK = BIT(3),
WIPHY_FLAG_PS_ON_BY_DEFAULT = BIT(4),
WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_AP = BIT(5),
WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_STATION = BIT(6),
WIPHY_FLAG_CONTROL_PORT_PROTOCOL = BIT(7),
WIPHY_FLAG_IBSS_RSN = BIT(8),
WIPHY_FLAG_DISABLE_WEXT = BIT(9),
WIPHY_FLAG_MESH_AUTH = BIT(10),
WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_EXT_KCK_32 = BIT(11),
WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_NSTR_NONPRIMARY = BIT(12),
WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_FW_ROAM = BIT(13),
WIPHY_FLAG_AP_UAPSD = BIT(14),
WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_TDLS = BIT(15),
WIPHY_FLAG_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP = BIT(16),
WIPHY_FLAG_HAVE_AP_SME = BIT(17),
WIPHY_FLAG_REPORTS_OBSS = BIT(18),
WIPHY_FLAG_AP_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD = BIT(19),
WIPHY_FLAG_OFFCHAN_TX = BIT(20),
WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL = BIT(21),
WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_5_10_MHZ = BIT(22),
WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_CHANNEL_SWITCH = BIT(23),
WIPHY_FLAG_NOTIFY_REGDOM_BY_DRIVER = BIT(24),
WIPHY_FLAG_CHANNEL_CHANGE_ON_BEACON = BIT(25),
};
/**
* struct ieee80211_iface_limit - limit on certain interface types
* @max: maximum number of interfaces of these types
* @types: interface types (bits)
*/
struct ieee80211_iface_limit {
u16 max;
u16 types;
};
/**
* struct ieee80211_iface_combination - possible interface combination
*
* With this structure the driver can describe which interface
* combinations it supports concurrently.
*
* Examples:
*
* 1. Allow #STA <= 1, #AP <= 1, matching BI, channels = 1, 2 total:
*
* .. code-block:: c
*
* struct ieee80211_iface_limit limits1[] = {
* { .max = 1, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION), },
* { .max = 1, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_AP), },
* };
* struct ieee80211_iface_combination combination1 = {
* .limits = limits1,
* .n_limits = ARRAY_SIZE(limits1),
* .max_interfaces = 2,
* .beacon_int_infra_match = true,
* };
*
*
* 2. Allow #{AP, P2P-GO} <= 8, channels = 1, 8 total:
*
* .. code-block:: c
*
* struct ieee80211_iface_limit limits2[] = {
* { .max = 8, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_AP) |
* BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO), },
* };
* struct ieee80211_iface_combination combination2 = {
* .limits = limits2,
* .n_limits = ARRAY_SIZE(limits2),
* .max_interfaces = 8,
* .num_different_channels = 1,
* };
*
*
* 3. Allow #STA <= 1, #{P2P-client,P2P-GO} <= 3 on two channels, 4 total.
*
* This allows for an infrastructure connection and three P2P connections.
*
* .. code-block:: c
*
* struct ieee80211_iface_limit limits3[] = {
* { .max = 1, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION), },
* { .max = 3, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO) |
* BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT), },
* };
* struct ieee80211_iface_combination combination3 = {
* .limits = limits3,
* .n_limits = ARRAY_SIZE(limits3),
* .max_interfaces = 4,
* .num_different_channels = 2,
* };
*
*/
struct ieee80211_iface_combination {
/**
* @limits:
* limits for the given interface types
*/
const struct ieee80211_iface_limit *limits;
/**
* @num_different_channels:
* can use up to this many different channels
*/
u32 num_different_channels;
/**
* @max_interfaces:
* maximum number of interfaces in total allowed in this group
*/
u16 max_interfaces;
/**
* @n_limits:
* number of limitations
*/
u8 n_limits;
/**
* @beacon_int_infra_match:
* In this combination, the beacon intervals between infrastructure
* and AP types must match. This is required only in special cases.
*/
bool beacon_int_infra_match;
/**
* @radar_detect_widths:
* bitmap of channel widths supported for radar detection
*/
u8 radar_detect_widths;
/**
* @radar_detect_regions:
* bitmap of regions supported for radar detection
*/
u8 radar_detect_regions;
/**
* @beacon_int_min_gcd:
* This interface combination supports different beacon intervals.
*
* = 0
* all beacon intervals for different interface must be same.
* > 0
* any beacon interval for the interface part of this combination AND
* GCD of all beacon intervals from beaconing interfaces of this
* combination must be greater or equal to this value.
*/
u32 beacon_int_min_gcd;
};
struct ieee80211_txrx_stypes {
u16 tx, rx;
};
/**
* enum wiphy_wowlan_support_flags - WoWLAN support flags
* @WIPHY_WOWLAN_ANY: supports wakeup for the special "any"
* trigger that keeps the device operating as-is and
* wakes up the host on any activity, for example a
* received packet that passed filtering; note that the
* packet should be preserved in that case
* @WIPHY_WOWLAN_MAGIC_PKT: supports wakeup on magic packet
* (see nl80211.h)
* @WIPHY_WOWLAN_DISCONNECT: supports wakeup on disconnect
* @WIPHY_WOWLAN_SUPPORTS_GTK_REKEY: supports GTK rekeying while asleep
* @WIPHY_WOWLAN_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE: supports wakeup on GTK rekey failure
* @WIPHY_WOWLAN_EAP_IDENTITY_REQ: supports wakeup on EAP identity request
* @WIPHY_WOWLAN_4WAY_HANDSHAKE: supports wakeup on 4-way handshake failure
* @WIPHY_WOWLAN_RFKILL_RELEASE: supports wakeup on RF-kill release
* @WIPHY_WOWLAN_NET_DETECT: supports wakeup on network detection
*/
enum wiphy_wowlan_support_flags {
WIPHY_WOWLAN_ANY = BIT(0),
WIPHY_WOWLAN_MAGIC_PKT = BIT(1),
WIPHY_WOWLAN_DISCONNECT = BIT(2),
WIPHY_WOWLAN_SUPPORTS_GTK_REKEY = BIT(3),
WIPHY_WOWLAN_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE = BIT(4),
WIPHY_WOWLAN_EAP_IDENTITY_REQ = BIT(5),
WIPHY_WOWLAN_4WAY_HANDSHAKE = BIT(6),
WIPHY_WOWLAN_RFKILL_RELEASE = BIT(7),
WIPHY_WOWLAN_NET_DETECT = BIT(8),
};
struct wiphy_wowlan_tcp_support {
const struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature *tok;
u32 data_payload_max;
u32 data_interval_max;
u32 wake_payload_max;
bool seq;
};
/**
* struct wiphy_wowlan_support - WoWLAN support data
* @flags: see &enum wiphy_wowlan_support_flags
* @n_patterns: number of supported wakeup patterns
* (see nl80211.h for the pattern definition)
* @pattern_max_len: maximum length of each pattern
* @pattern_min_len: minimum length of each pattern
* @max_pkt_offset: maximum Rx packet offset
* @max_nd_match_sets: maximum number of matchsets for net-detect,
* similar, but not necessarily identical, to max_match_sets for
* scheduled scans.
* See &struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request.@match_sets for more
* details.
* @tcp: TCP wakeup support information
*/
struct wiphy_wowlan_support {
u32 flags;
int n_patterns;
int pattern_max_len;
int pattern_min_len;
int max_pkt_offset;
int max_nd_match_sets;
const struct wiphy_wowlan_tcp_support *tcp;
};
/**
* struct wiphy_coalesce_support - coalesce support data
* @n_rules: maximum number of coalesce rules
* @max_delay: maximum supported coalescing delay in msecs
* @n_patterns: number of supported patterns in a rule
* (see nl80211.h for the pattern definition)
* @pattern_max_len: maximum length of each pattern
* @pattern_min_len: minimum length of each pattern
* @max_pkt_offset: maximum Rx packet offset
*/
struct wiphy_coalesce_support {
int n_rules;
int max_delay;
int n_patterns;
int pattern_max_len;
int pattern_min_len;
int max_pkt_offset;
};
/**
* enum wiphy_vendor_command_flags - validation flags for vendor commands
* @WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_WDEV: vendor command requires wdev
* @WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_NETDEV: vendor command requires netdev
* @WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_RUNNING: interface/wdev must be up & running
* (must be combined with %_WDEV or %_NETDEV)
*/
enum wiphy_vendor_command_flags {
WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_WDEV = BIT(0),
WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_NETDEV = BIT(1),
WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_RUNNING = BIT(2),
};
/**
* enum wiphy_opmode_flag - Station's ht/vht operation mode information flags
*
* @STA_OPMODE_MAX_BW_CHANGED: Max Bandwidth changed
* @STA_OPMODE_SMPS_MODE_CHANGED: SMPS mode changed
* @STA_OPMODE_N_SS_CHANGED: max N_SS (number of spatial streams) changed
*
*/
enum wiphy_opmode_flag {
STA_OPMODE_MAX_BW_CHANGED = BIT(0),
STA_OPMODE_SMPS_MODE_CHANGED = BIT(1),
STA_OPMODE_N_SS_CHANGED = BIT(2),
};
/**
* struct sta_opmode_info - Station's ht/vht operation mode information
* @changed: contains value from &enum wiphy_opmode_flag
* @smps_mode: New SMPS mode value from &enum nl80211_smps_mode of a station
* @bw: new max bandwidth value from &enum nl80211_chan_width of a station
* @rx_nss: new rx_nss value of a station
*/
struct sta_opmode_info {
u32 changed;
enum nl80211_smps_mode smps_mode;
enum nl80211_chan_width bw;
u8 rx_nss;
};
#define VENDOR_CMD_RAW_DATA ((const struct nla_policy *)(long)(-ENODATA))
/**
* struct wiphy_vendor_command - vendor command definition
* @info: vendor command identifying information, as used in nl80211
* @flags: flags, see &enum wiphy_vendor_command_flags
* @doit: callback for the operation, note that wdev is %NULL if the
* flags didn't ask for a wdev and non-%NULL otherwise; the data
* pointer may be %NULL if userspace provided no data at all
* @dumpit: dump callback, for transferring bigger/multiple items. The
* @storage points to cb->args[5], ie. is preserved over the multiple
* dumpit calls.
* @policy: policy pointer for attributes within %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA.
* Set this to %VENDOR_CMD_RAW_DATA if no policy can be given and the
* attribute is just raw data (e.g. a firmware command).
* @maxattr: highest attribute number in policy
* It's recommended to not have the same sub command with both @doit and
* @dumpit, so that userspace can assume certain ones are get and others
* are used with dump requests.
*/
struct wiphy_vendor_command {
struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info info;
u32 flags;
int (*doit)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
const void *data, int data_len);
int (*dumpit)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
struct sk_buff *skb, const void *data, int data_len,
unsigned long *storage);
const struct nla_policy *policy;
unsigned int maxattr;
};
/**
* struct wiphy_iftype_ext_capab - extended capabilities per interface type
* @iftype: interface type
* @extended_capabilities: extended capabilities supported by the driver,
* additional capabilities might be supported by userspace; these are the
* 802.11 extended capabilities ("Extended Capabilities element") and are
* in the same format as in the information element. See IEEE Std
* 802.11-2012 8.4.2.29 for the defined fields.
* @extended_capabilities_mask: mask of the valid values
* @extended_capabilities_len: length of the extended capabilities
* @eml_capabilities: EML capabilities (for MLO)
* @mld_capa_and_ops: MLD capabilities and operations (for MLO)
*/
struct wiphy_iftype_ext_capab {
enum nl80211_iftype iftype;
const u8 *extended_capabilities;
const u8 *extended_capabilities_mask;
u8 extended_capabilities_len;
u16 eml_capabilities;
u16 mld_capa_and_ops;
};
/**
* cfg80211_get_iftype_ext_capa - lookup interface type extended capability
* @wiphy: the wiphy to look up from
* @type: the interface type to look up
*
* Return: The extended capability for the given interface @type, may be %NULL
*/
const struct wiphy_iftype_ext_capab *
cfg80211_get_iftype_ext_capa(struct wiphy *wiphy, enum nl80211_iftype type);
/**
* struct cfg80211_pmsr_capabilities - cfg80211 peer measurement capabilities
* @max_peers: maximum number of peers in a single measurement
* @report_ap_tsf: can report assoc AP's TSF for radio resource measurement
* @randomize_mac_addr: can randomize MAC address for measurement
* @ftm: FTM measurement data
* @ftm.supported: FTM measurement is supported
* @ftm.asap: ASAP-mode is supported
* @ftm.non_asap: non-ASAP-mode is supported
* @ftm.request_lci: can request LCI data
* @ftm.request_civicloc: can request civic location data
* @ftm.preambles: bitmap of preambles supported (&enum nl80211_preamble)
* @ftm.bandwidths: bitmap of bandwidths supported (&enum nl80211_chan_width)
* @ftm.max_bursts_exponent: maximum burst exponent supported
* (set to -1 if not limited; note that setting this will necessarily
* forbid using the value 15 to let the responder pick)
* @ftm.max_ftms_per_burst: maximum FTMs per burst supported (set to 0 if
* not limited)
* @ftm.trigger_based: trigger based ranging measurement is supported
* @ftm.non_trigger_based: non trigger based ranging measurement is supported
*/
struct cfg80211_pmsr_capabilities {
unsigned int max_peers;
u8 report_ap_tsf:1,
randomize_mac_addr:1;
struct {
u32 preambles;
u32 bandwidths;
s8 max_bursts_exponent;
u8 max_ftms_per_burst;
u8 supported:1,
asap:1,
non_asap:1,
request_lci:1,
request_civicloc:1,
trigger_based:1,
non_trigger_based:1;
} ftm;
};
/**
* struct wiphy_iftype_akm_suites - This structure encapsulates supported akm
* suites for interface types defined in @iftypes_mask. Each type in the
* @iftypes_mask must be unique across all instances of iftype_akm_suites.
*
* @iftypes_mask: bitmask of interfaces types
* @akm_suites: points to an array of supported akm suites
* @n_akm_suites: number of supported AKM suites
*/
struct wiphy_iftype_akm_suites {
u16 iftypes_mask;
const u32 *akm_suites;
int n_akm_suites;
};
#define CFG80211_HW_TIMESTAMP_ALL_PEERS 0xffff
/**
* struct wiphy - wireless hardware description
* @mtx: mutex for the data (structures) of this device
* @reg_notifier: the driver's regulatory notification callback,
* note that if your driver uses wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory()
* the reg_notifier's request can be passed as NULL
* @regd: the driver's regulatory domain, if one was requested via
* the regulatory_hint() API. This can be used by the driver
* on the reg_notifier() if it chooses to ignore future
* regulatory domain changes caused by other drivers.
* @signal_type: signal type reported in &struct cfg80211_bss.
* @cipher_suites: supported cipher suites
* @n_cipher_suites: number of supported cipher suites
* @akm_suites: supported AKM suites. These are the default AKMs supported if
* the supported AKMs not advertized for a specific interface type in
* iftype_akm_suites.
* @n_akm_suites: number of supported AKM suites
* @iftype_akm_suites: array of supported akm suites info per interface type.
* Note that the bits in @iftypes_mask inside this structure cannot
* overlap (i.e. only one occurrence of each type is allowed across all
* instances of iftype_akm_suites).
* @num_iftype_akm_suites: number of interface types for which supported akm
* suites are specified separately.
* @retry_short: Retry limit for short frames (dot11ShortRetryLimit)
* @retry_long: Retry limit for long frames (dot11LongRetryLimit)
* @frag_threshold: Fragmentation threshold (dot11FragmentationThreshold);
* -1 = fragmentation disabled, only odd values >= 256 used
* @rts_threshold: RTS threshold (dot11RTSThreshold); -1 = RTS/CTS disabled
* @_net: the network namespace this wiphy currently lives in
* @perm_addr: permanent MAC address of this device
* @addr_mask: If the device supports multiple MAC addresses by masking,
* set this to a mask with variable bits set to 1, e.g. if the last
* four bits are variable then set it to 00-00-00-00-00-0f. The actual
* variable bits shall be determined by the interfaces added, with
* interfaces not matching the mask being rejected to be brought up.
* @n_addresses: number of addresses in @addresses.
* @addresses: If the device has more than one address, set this pointer
* to a list of addresses (6 bytes each). The first one will be used
* by default for perm_addr. In this case, the mask should be set to
* all-zeroes. In this case it is assumed that the device can handle
* the same number of arbitrary MAC addresses.
* @registered: protects ->resume and ->suspend sysfs callbacks against
* unregister hardware
* @debugfsdir: debugfs directory used for this wiphy (ieee80211/<wiphyname>).
* It will be renamed automatically on wiphy renames
* @dev: (virtual) struct device for this wiphy. The item in
* /sys/class/ieee80211/ points to this. You need use set_wiphy_dev()
* (see below).
* @wext: wireless extension handlers
* @priv: driver private data (sized according to wiphy_new() parameter)
* @interface_modes: bitmask of interfaces types valid for this wiphy,
* must be set by driver
* @iface_combinations: Valid interface combinations array, should not
* list single interface types.
* @n_iface_combinations: number of entries in @iface_combinations array.
* @software_iftypes: bitmask of software interface types, these are not
* subject to any restrictions since they are purely managed in SW.
* @flags: wiphy flags, see &enum wiphy_flags
* @regulatory_flags: wiphy regulatory flags, see
* &enum ieee80211_regulatory_flags
* @features: features advertised to nl80211, see &enum nl80211_feature_flags.
* @ext_features: extended features advertised to nl80211, see
* &enum nl80211_ext_feature_index.
* @bss_priv_size: each BSS struct has private data allocated with it,
* this variable determines its size
* @max_scan_ssids: maximum number of SSIDs the device can scan for in
* any given scan
* @max_sched_scan_reqs: maximum number of scheduled scan requests that
* the device can run concurrently.
* @max_sched_scan_ssids: maximum number of SSIDs the device can scan
* for in any given scheduled scan
* @max_match_sets: maximum number of match sets the device can handle
* when performing a scheduled scan, 0 if filtering is not
* supported.
* @max_scan_ie_len: maximum length of user-controlled IEs device can
* add to probe request frames transmitted during a scan, must not
* include fixed IEs like supported rates
* @max_sched_scan_ie_len: same as max_scan_ie_len, but for scheduled
* scans
* @max_sched_scan_plans: maximum number of scan plans (scan interval and number
* of iterations) for scheduled scan supported by the device.
* @max_sched_scan_plan_interval: maximum interval (in seconds) for a
* single scan plan supported by the device.
* @max_sched_scan_plan_iterations: maximum number of iterations for a single
* scan plan supported by the device.
* @coverage_class: current coverage class
* @fw_version: firmware version for ethtool reporting
* @hw_version: hardware version for ethtool reporting
* @max_num_pmkids: maximum number of PMKIDs supported by device
* @privid: a pointer that drivers can use to identify if an arbitrary
* wiphy is theirs, e.g. in global notifiers
* @bands: information about bands/channels supported by this device
*
* @mgmt_stypes: bitmasks of frame subtypes that can be subscribed to or
* transmitted through nl80211, points to an array indexed by interface
* type
*
* @available_antennas_tx: bitmap of antennas which are available to be
* configured as TX antennas. Antenna configuration commands will be
* rejected unless this or @available_antennas_rx is set.
*
* @available_antennas_rx: bitmap of antennas which are available to be
* configured as RX antennas. Antenna configuration commands will be
* rejected unless this or @available_antennas_tx is set.
*
* @probe_resp_offload:
* Bitmap of supported protocols for probe response offloading.
* See &enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr. Only valid
* when the wiphy flag @WIPHY_FLAG_AP_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD is set.
*
* @max_remain_on_channel_duration: Maximum time a remain-on-channel operation
* may request, if implemented.
*
* @wowlan: WoWLAN support information
* @wowlan_config: current WoWLAN configuration; this should usually not be
* used since access to it is necessarily racy, use the parameter passed
* to the suspend() operation instead.
*
* @ap_sme_capa: AP SME capabilities, flags from &enum nl80211_ap_sme_features.
* @ht_capa_mod_mask: Specify what ht_cap values can be over-ridden.
* If null, then none can be over-ridden.
* @vht_capa_mod_mask: Specify what VHT capabilities can be over-ridden.
* If null, then none can be over-ridden.
*
* @wdev_list: the list of associated (virtual) interfaces; this list must
* not be modified by the driver, but can be read with RTNL/RCU protection.
*
* @max_acl_mac_addrs: Maximum number of MAC addresses that the device
* supports for ACL.
*
* @extended_capabilities: extended capabilities supported by the driver,
* additional capabilities might be supported by userspace; these are
* the 802.11 extended capabilities ("Extended Capabilities element")
* and are in the same format as in the information element. See
* 802.11-2012 8.4.2.29 for the defined fields. These are the default
* extended capabilities to be used if the capabilities are not specified
* for a specific interface type in iftype_ext_capab.
* @extended_capabilities_mask: mask of the valid values
* @extended_capabilities_len: length of the extended capabilities
* @iftype_ext_capab: array of extended capabilities per interface type
* @num_iftype_ext_capab: number of interface types for which extended
* capabilities are specified separately.
* @coalesce: packet coalescing support information
*
* @vendor_commands: array of vendor commands supported by the hardware
* @n_vendor_commands: number of vendor commands
* @vendor_events: array of vendor events supported by the hardware
* @n_vendor_events: number of vendor events
*
* @max_ap_assoc_sta: maximum number of associated stations supported in AP mode
* (including P2P GO) or 0 to indicate no such limit is advertised. The
* driver is allowed to advertise a theoretical limit that it can reach in
* some cases, but may not always reach.
*
* @max_num_csa_counters: Number of supported csa_counters in beacons
* and probe responses. This value should be set if the driver
* wishes to limit the number of csa counters. Default (0) means
* infinite.
* @bss_select_support: bitmask indicating the BSS selection criteria supported
* by the driver in the .connect() callback. The bit position maps to the
* attribute indices defined in &enum nl80211_bss_select_attr.
*
* @nan_supported_bands: bands supported by the device in NAN mode, a
* bitmap of &enum nl80211_band values. For instance, for
* NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, bit 0 would be set
* (i.e. BIT(NL80211_BAND_2GHZ)).
*
* @txq_limit: configuration of internal TX queue frame limit
* @txq_memory_limit: configuration internal TX queue memory limit
* @txq_quantum: configuration of internal TX queue scheduler quantum
*
* @tx_queue_len: allow setting transmit queue len for drivers not using
* wake_tx_queue
*
* @support_mbssid: can HW support association with nontransmitted AP
* @support_only_he_mbssid: don't parse MBSSID elements if it is not
* HE AP, in order to avoid compatibility issues.
* @support_mbssid must be set for this to have any effect.
*
* @pmsr_capa: peer measurement capabilities
*
* @tid_config_support: describes the per-TID config support that the
* device has
* @tid_config_support.vif: bitmap of attributes (configurations)
* supported by the driver for each vif
* @tid_config_support.peer: bitmap of attributes (configurations)
* supported by the driver for each peer
* @tid_config_support.max_retry: maximum supported retry count for
* long/short retry configuration
*
* @max_data_retry_count: maximum supported per TID retry count for
* configuration through the %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_SHORT and
* %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_LONG attributes
* @sar_capa: SAR control capabilities
* @rfkill: a pointer to the rfkill structure
*
* @mbssid_max_interfaces: maximum number of interfaces supported by the driver
* in a multiple BSSID set. This field must be set to a non-zero value
* by the driver to advertise MBSSID support.
* @ema_max_profile_periodicity: maximum profile periodicity supported by
* the driver. Setting this field to a non-zero value indicates that the
* driver supports enhanced multi-BSSID advertisements (EMA AP).
* @max_num_akm_suites: maximum number of AKM suites allowed for
* configuration through %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT, %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and
* %NL80211_CMD_START_AP. Set to NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES if not set by
* driver. If set by driver minimum allowed value is
* NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES in order to avoid compatibility issues with
* legacy userspace and maximum allowed value is
* CFG80211_MAX_NUM_AKM_SUITES.
*
* @hw_timestamp_max_peers: maximum number of peers that the driver supports
* enabling HW timestamping for concurrently. Setting this field to a
* non-zero value indicates that the driver supports HW timestamping.
* A value of %CFG80211_HW_TIMESTAMP_ALL_PEERS indicates the driver
* supports enabling HW timestamping for all peers (i.e. no need to
* specify a mac address).
*/
struct wiphy {
struct mutex mtx;
/* assign these fields before you register the wiphy */
u8 perm_addr[ETH_ALEN];
u8 addr_mask[ETH_ALEN];
struct mac_address *addresses;
const struct ieee80211_txrx_stypes *mgmt_stypes;
const struct ieee80211_iface_combination *iface_combinations;
int n_iface_combinations;
u16 software_iftypes;
u16 n_addresses;
/* Supported interface modes, OR together BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_...) */
u16 interface_modes;
u16 max_acl_mac_addrs;
u32 flags, regulatory_flags, features;
u8 ext_features[DIV_ROUND_UP(NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES, 8)];
u32 ap_sme_capa;
enum cfg80211_signal_type signal_type;
int bss_priv_size;
u8 max_scan_ssids;
u8 max_sched_scan_reqs;
u8 max_sched_scan_ssids;
u8 max_match_sets;
u16 max_scan_ie_len;
u16 max_sched_scan_ie_len;
u32 max_sched_scan_plans;
u32 max_sched_scan_plan_interval;
u32 max_sched_scan_plan_iterations;
int n_cipher_suites;
const u32 *cipher_suites;
int n_akm_suites;
const u32 *akm_suites;
const struct wiphy_iftype_akm_suites *iftype_akm_suites;
unsigned int num_iftype_akm_suites;
u8 retry_short;
u8 retry_long;
u32 frag_threshold;
u32 rts_threshold;
u8 coverage_class;
char fw_version[ETHTOOL_FWVERS_LEN];
u32 hw_version;
#ifdef CONFIG_PM
const struct wiphy_wowlan_support *wowlan;
struct cfg80211_wowlan *wowlan_config;
#endif
u16 max_remain_on_channel_duration;
u8 max_num_pmkids;
u32 available_antennas_tx;
u32 available_antennas_rx;
u32 probe_resp_offload;
const u8 *extended_capabilities, *extended_capabilities_mask;
u8 extended_capabilities_len;
const struct wiphy_iftype_ext_capab *iftype_ext_capab;
unsigned int num_iftype_ext_capab;
const void *privid;
struct ieee80211_supported_band *bands[NUM_NL80211_BANDS];
void (*reg_notifier)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
struct regulatory_request *request);
/* fields below are read-only, assigned by cfg80211 */
const struct ieee80211_regdomain __rcu *regd;
struct device dev;
bool registered;
struct dentry *debugfsdir;
const struct ieee80211_ht_cap *ht_capa_mod_mask;
const struct ieee80211_vht_cap *vht_capa_mod_mask;
struct list_head wdev_list;
possible_net_t _net;
#ifdef CONFIG_CFG80211_WEXT
const struct iw_handler_def *wext;
#endif
const struct wiphy_coalesce_support *coalesce;
const struct wiphy_vendor_command *vendor_commands;
const struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info *vendor_events;
int n_vendor_commands, n_vendor_events;
u16 max_ap_assoc_sta;
u8 max_num_csa_counters;
u32 bss_select_support;
u8 nan_supported_bands;
u32 txq_limit;
u32 txq_memory_limit;
u32 txq_quantum;
unsigned long tx_queue_len;
u8 support_mbssid:1,
support_only_he_mbssid:1;
const struct cfg80211_pmsr_capabilities *pmsr_capa;
struct {
u64 peer, vif;
u8 max_retry;
} tid_config_support;
u8 max_data_retry_count;
const struct cfg80211_sar_capa *sar_capa;
struct rfkill *rfkill;
u8 mbssid_max_interfaces;
u8 ema_max_profile_periodicity;
u16 max_num_akm_suites;
u16 hw_timestamp_max_peers;
char priv[] __aligned(NETDEV_ALIGN);
};
static inline struct net *wiphy_net(struct wiphy *wiphy)
{
return read_pnet(&wiphy->_net);
}
static inline void wiphy_net_set(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net *net)
{
write_pnet(&wiphy->_net, net);
}
/**
* wiphy_priv - return priv from wiphy
*
* @wiphy: the wiphy whose priv pointer to return
* Return: The priv of @wiphy.
*/
static inline void *wiphy_priv(struct wiphy *wiphy)
{
BUG_ON(!wiphy);
return &wiphy->priv;
}
/**
* priv_to_wiphy - return the wiphy containing the priv
*
* @priv: a pointer previously returned by wiphy_priv
* Return: The wiphy of @priv.
*/
static inline struct wiphy *priv_to_wiphy(void *priv)
{
BUG_ON(!priv);
return container_of(priv, struct wiphy, priv);
}
/**
* set_wiphy_dev - set device pointer for wiphy
*
* @wiphy: The wiphy whose device to bind
* @dev: The device to parent it to
*/
static inline void set_wiphy_dev(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct device *dev)
{
wiphy->dev.parent = dev;
}
/**
* wiphy_dev - get wiphy dev pointer
*
* @wiphy: The wiphy whose device struct to look up
* Return: The dev of @wiphy.
*/
static inline struct device *wiphy_dev(struct wiphy *wiphy)
{
return wiphy->dev.parent;
}
/**
* wiphy_name - get wiphy name
*
* @wiphy: The wiphy whose name to return
* Return: The name of @wiphy.
*/
static inline const char *wiphy_name(const struct wiphy *wiphy)
{
return dev_name(&wiphy->dev);
}
/**
* wiphy_new_nm - create a new wiphy for use with cfg80211
*
* @ops: The configuration operations for this device
* @sizeof_priv: The size of the private area to allocate
* @requested_name: Request a particular name.
* NULL is valid value, and means use the default phy%d naming.
*
* Create a new wiphy and associate the given operations with it.
* @sizeof_priv bytes are allocated for private use.
*
* Return: A pointer to the new wiphy. This pointer must be
* assigned to each netdev's ieee80211_ptr for proper operation.
*/
struct wiphy *wiphy_new_nm(const struct cfg80211_ops *ops, int sizeof_priv,
const char *requested_name);
/**
* wiphy_new - create a new wiphy for use with cfg80211
*
* @ops: The configuration operations for this device
* @sizeof_priv: The size of the private area to allocate
*
* Create a new wiphy and associate the given operations with it.
* @sizeof_priv bytes are allocated for private use.
*
* Return: A pointer to the new wiphy. This pointer must be
* assigned to each netdev's ieee80211_ptr for proper operation.
*/
static inline struct wiphy *wiphy_new(const struct cfg80211_ops *ops,
int sizeof_priv)
{
return wiphy_new_nm(ops, sizeof_priv, NULL);
}
/**
* wiphy_register - register a wiphy with cfg80211
*
* @wiphy: The wiphy to register.
*
* Return: A non-negative wiphy index or a negative error code.
*/
int wiphy_register(struct wiphy *wiphy);
/* this is a define for better error reporting (file/line) */
#define lockdep_assert_wiphy(wiphy) lockdep_assert_held(&(wiphy)->mtx)
/**
* rcu_dereference_wiphy - rcu_dereference with debug checking
* @wiphy: the wiphy to check the locking on
* @p: The pointer to read, prior to dereferencing
*
* Do an rcu_dereference(p), but check caller either holds rcu_read_lock()
* or RTNL. Note: Please prefer wiphy_dereference() or rcu_dereference().
*/
#define rcu_dereference_wiphy(wiphy, p) \
rcu_dereference_check(p, lockdep_is_held(&wiphy->mtx))
/**
* wiphy_dereference - fetch RCU pointer when updates are prevented by wiphy mtx
* @wiphy: the wiphy to check the locking on
* @p: The pointer to read, prior to dereferencing
*
* Return the value of the specified RCU-protected pointer, but omit the
* READ_ONCE(), because caller holds the wiphy mutex used for updates.
*/
#define wiphy_dereference(wiphy, p) \
rcu_dereference_protected(p, lockdep_is_held(&wiphy->mtx))
/**
* get_wiphy_regdom - get custom regdomain for the given wiphy
* @wiphy: the wiphy to get the regdomain from
*
* Context: Requires any of RTNL, wiphy mutex or RCU protection.
*
* Return: pointer to the regulatory domain associated with the wiphy
*/
const struct ieee80211_regdomain *get_wiphy_regdom(struct wiphy *wiphy);
/**
* wiphy_unregister - deregister a wiphy from cfg80211
*
* @wiphy: The wiphy to unregister.
*
* After this call, no more requests can be made with this priv
* pointer, but the call may sleep to wait for an outstanding
* request that is being handled.
*/
void wiphy_unregister(struct wiphy *wiphy);
/**
* wiphy_free - free wiphy
*
* @wiphy: The wiphy to free
*/
void wiphy_free(struct wiphy *wiphy);
/* internal structs */
struct cfg80211_conn;
struct cfg80211_internal_bss;
struct cfg80211_cached_keys;
struct cfg80211_cqm_config;
/**
* wiphy_lock - lock the wiphy
* @wiphy: the wiphy to lock
*
* This is needed around registering and unregistering netdevs that
* aren't created through cfg80211 calls, since that requires locking
* in cfg80211 when the notifiers is called, but that cannot
* differentiate which way it's called.
*
* It can also be used by drivers for their own purposes.
*
* When cfg80211 ops are called, the wiphy is already locked.
*
* Note that this makes sure that no workers that have been queued
* with wiphy_queue_work() are running.
*/
static inline void wiphy_lock(struct wiphy *wiphy)
__acquires(&wiphy->mtx)
{
mutex_lock(&wiphy->mtx);
__acquire(&wiphy->mtx);
}
/**
* wiphy_unlock - unlock the wiphy again
* @wiphy: the wiphy to unlock
*/
static inline void wiphy_unlock(struct wiphy *wiphy)
__releases(&wiphy->mtx)
{
__release(&wiphy->mtx);
mutex_unlock(&wiphy->mtx);
}
struct wiphy_work;
typedef void (*wiphy_work_func_t)(struct wiphy *, struct wiphy_work *);
struct wiphy_work {
struct list_head entry;
wiphy_work_func_t func;
};
static inline void wiphy_work_init(struct wiphy_work *work,
wiphy_work_func_t func)
{
INIT_LIST_HEAD(&work->entry);
work->func = func;
}
/**
* wiphy_work_queue - queue work for the wiphy
* @wiphy: the wiphy to queue for
* @work: the work item
*
* This is useful for work that must be done asynchronously, and work
* queued here has the special property that the wiphy mutex will be
* held as if wiphy_lock() was called, and that it cannot be running
* after wiphy_lock() was called. Therefore, wiphy_cancel_work() can
* use just cancel_work() instead of cancel_work_sync(), it requires
* being in a section protected by wiphy_lock().
*/
void wiphy_work_queue(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wiphy_work *work);
/**
* wiphy_work_cancel - cancel previously queued work
* @wiphy: the wiphy, for debug purposes
* @work: the work to cancel
*
* Cancel the work *without* waiting for it, this assumes being
* called under the wiphy mutex acquired by wiphy_lock().
*/
void wiphy_work_cancel(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wiphy_work *work);
/**
* wiphy_work_flush - flush previously queued work
* @wiphy: the wiphy, for debug purposes
* @work: the work to flush, this can be %NULL to flush all work
*
* Flush the work (i.e. run it if pending). This must be called
* under the wiphy mutex acquired by wiphy_lock().
*/
void wiphy_work_flush(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wiphy_work *work);
struct wiphy_delayed_work {
struct wiphy_work work;
struct wiphy *wiphy;
struct timer_list timer;
};
void wiphy_delayed_work_timer(struct timer_list *t);
static inline void wiphy_delayed_work_init(struct wiphy_delayed_work *dwork,
wiphy_work_func_t func)
{
timer_setup(&dwork->timer, wiphy_delayed_work_timer, 0);
wiphy_work_init(&dwork->work, func);
}
/**
* wiphy_delayed_work_queue - queue delayed work for the wiphy
* @wiphy: the wiphy to queue for
* @dwork: the delayable worker
* @delay: number of jiffies to wait before queueing
*
* This is useful for work that must be done asynchronously, and work
* queued here has the special property that the wiphy mutex will be
* held as if wiphy_lock() was called, and that it cannot be running
* after wiphy_lock() was called. Therefore, wiphy_cancel_work() can
* use just cancel_work() instead of cancel_work_sync(), it requires
* being in a section protected by wiphy_lock().
*/
void wiphy_delayed_work_queue(struct wiphy *wiphy,
struct wiphy_delayed_work *dwork,
unsigned long delay);
/**
* wiphy_delayed_work_cancel - cancel previously queued delayed work
* @wiphy: the wiphy, for debug purposes
* @dwork: the delayed work to cancel
*
* Cancel the work *without* waiting for it, this assumes being
* called under the wiphy mutex acquired by wiphy_lock().
*/
void wiphy_delayed_work_cancel(struct wiphy *wiphy,
struct wiphy_delayed_work *dwork);
/**
* wiphy_delayed_work_flush - flush previously queued delayed work
* @wiphy: the wiphy, for debug purposes
* @dwork: the delayed work to flush
*
* Flush the work (i.e. run it if pending). This must be called
* under the wiphy mutex acquired by wiphy_lock().
*/
void wiphy_delayed_work_flush(struct wiphy *wiphy,
struct wiphy_delayed_work *dwork);
/**
* struct wireless_dev - wireless device state
*
* For netdevs, this structure must be allocated by the driver
* that uses the ieee80211_ptr field in struct net_device (this
* is intentional so it can be allocated along with the netdev.)
* It need not be registered then as netdev registration will
* be intercepted by cfg80211 to see the new wireless device,
* however, drivers must lock the wiphy before registering or
* unregistering netdevs if they pre-create any netdevs (in ops
* called from cfg80211, the wiphy is already locked.)
*
* For non-netdev uses, it must also be allocated by the driver
* in response to the cfg80211 callbacks that require it, as
* there's no netdev registration in that case it may not be
* allocated outside of callback operations that return it.
*
* @wiphy: pointer to hardware description
* @iftype: interface type
* @registered: is this wdev already registered with cfg80211
* @registering: indicates we're doing registration under wiphy lock
* for the notifier
* @list: (private) Used to collect the interfaces
* @netdev: (private) Used to reference back to the netdev, may be %NULL
* @identifier: (private) Identifier used in nl80211 to identify this
* wireless device if it has no netdev
* @u: union containing data specific to @iftype
* @connected: indicates if connected or not (STA mode)
* @wext: (private) Used by the internal wireless extensions compat code
* @wext.ibss: (private) IBSS data part of wext handling
* @wext.connect: (private) connection handling data
* @wext.keys: (private) (WEP) key data
* @wext.ie: (private) extra elements for association
* @wext.ie_len: (private) length of extra elements
* @wext.bssid: (private) selected network BSSID
* @wext.ssid: (private) selected network SSID
* @wext.default_key: (private) selected default key index
* @wext.default_mgmt_key: (private) selected default management key index
* @wext.prev_bssid: (private) previous BSSID for reassociation
* @wext.prev_bssid_valid: (private) previous BSSID validity
* @use_4addr: indicates 4addr mode is used on this interface, must be
* set by driver (if supported) on add_interface BEFORE registering the
* netdev and may otherwise be used by driver read-only, will be update
* by cfg80211 on change_interface
* @mgmt_registrations: list of registrations for management frames
* @mgmt_registrations_need_update: mgmt registrations were updated,
* need to propagate the update to the driver
* @address: The address for this device, valid only if @netdev is %NULL
* @is_running: true if this is a non-netdev device that has been started, e.g.
* the P2P Device.
* @cac_started: true if DFS channel availability check has been started
* @cac_start_time: timestamp (jiffies) when the dfs state was entered.
* @cac_time_ms: CAC time in ms
* @ps: powersave mode is enabled
* @ps_timeout: dynamic powersave timeout
* @ap_unexpected_nlportid: (private) netlink port ID of application
* registered for unexpected class 3 frames (AP mode)
* @conn: (private) cfg80211 software SME connection state machine data
* @connect_keys: (private) keys to set after connection is established
* @conn_bss_type: connecting/connected BSS type
* @conn_owner_nlportid: (private) connection owner socket port ID
* @disconnect_wk: (private) auto-disconnect work
* @disconnect_bssid: (private) the BSSID to use for auto-disconnect
* @event_list: (private) list for internal event processing
* @event_lock: (private) lock for event list
* @owner_nlportid: (private) owner socket port ID
* @nl_owner_dead: (private) owner socket went away
* @cqm_rssi_work: (private) CQM RSSI reporting work
* @cqm_config: (private) nl80211 RSSI monitor state
* @pmsr_list: (private) peer measurement requests
* @pmsr_lock: (private) peer measurements requests/results lock
* @pmsr_free_wk: (private) peer measurements cleanup work
* @unprot_beacon_reported: (private) timestamp of last
* unprotected beacon report
* @links: array of %IEEE80211_MLD_MAX_NUM_LINKS elements containing @addr
* @ap and @client for each link
* @valid_links: bitmap describing what elements of @links are valid
*/
struct wireless_dev {
struct wiphy *wiphy;
enum nl80211_iftype iftype;
/* the remainder of this struct should be private to cfg80211 */
struct list_head list;
struct net_device *netdev;
u32 identifier;
struct list_head mgmt_registrations;
u8 mgmt_registrations_need_update:1;
bool use_4addr, is_running, registered, registering;
u8 address[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(sizeof(u16));
/* currently used for IBSS and SME - might be rearranged later */
struct cfg80211_conn *conn;
struct cfg80211_cached_keys *connect_keys;
enum ieee80211_bss_type conn_bss_type;
u32 conn_owner_nlportid;
struct work_struct disconnect_wk;
u8 disconnect_bssid[ETH_ALEN];
struct list_head event_list;
spinlock_t event_lock;
u8 connected:1;
bool ps;
int ps_timeout;
u32 ap_unexpected_nlportid;
u32 owner_nlportid;
bool nl_owner_dead;
/* FIXME: need to rework radar detection for MLO */
bool cac_started;
unsigned long cac_start_time;
unsigned int cac_time_ms;
#ifdef CONFIG_CFG80211_WEXT
/* wext data */
struct {
struct cfg80211_ibss_params ibss;
struct cfg80211_connect_params connect;
struct cfg80211_cached_keys *keys;
const u8 *ie;
size_t ie_len;
u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN];
u8 prev_bssid[ETH_ALEN];
u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN];
s8 default_key, default_mgmt_key;
bool prev_bssid_valid;
} wext;
#endif
struct wiphy_work cqm_rssi_work;
struct cfg80211_cqm_config __rcu *cqm_config;
struct list_head pmsr_list;
spinlock_t pmsr_lock;
struct work_struct pmsr_free_wk;
unsigned long unprot_beacon_reported;
union {
struct {
u8 connected_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN];
u8 ssid_len;
} client;
struct {
int beacon_interval;
struct cfg80211_chan_def preset_chandef;
struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
u8 id[IEEE80211_MAX_MESH_ID_LEN];
u8 id_len, id_up_len;
} mesh;
struct {
struct cfg80211_chan_def preset_chandef;
u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN];
u8 ssid_len;
} ap;
struct {
struct cfg80211_internal_bss *current_bss;
struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
int beacon_interval;
u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN];
u8 ssid_len;
} ibss;
struct {
struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
} ocb;
} u;
struct {
u8 addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
union {
struct {
unsigned int beacon_interval;
struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
} ap;
struct {
struct cfg80211_internal_bss *current_bss;
} client;
};
} links[IEEE80211_MLD_MAX_NUM_LINKS];
u16 valid_links;
};
static inline const u8 *wdev_address(struct wireless_dev *wdev)
{
if (wdev->netdev)
return wdev->netdev->dev_addr;
return wdev->address;
}
static inline bool wdev_running(struct wireless_dev *wdev)
{
if (wdev->netdev)
return netif_running(wdev->netdev);
return wdev->is_running;
}
/**
* wdev_priv - return wiphy priv from wireless_dev
*
* @wdev: The wireless device whose wiphy's priv pointer to return
* Return: The wiphy priv of @wdev.
*/
static inline void *wdev_priv(struct wireless_dev *wdev)
{
BUG_ON(!wdev);
return wiphy_priv(wdev->wiphy);
}
/**
* wdev_chandef - return chandef pointer from wireless_dev
* @wdev: the wdev
* @link_id: the link ID for MLO
*
* Return: The chandef depending on the mode, or %NULL.
*/
struct cfg80211_chan_def *wdev_chandef(struct wireless_dev *wdev,
unsigned int link_id);
static inline void WARN_INVALID_LINK_ID(struct wireless_dev *wdev,
unsigned int link_id)
{
WARN_ON(link_id && !wdev->valid_links);
WARN_ON(wdev->valid_links &&
!(wdev->valid_links & BIT(link_id)));
}
#define for_each_valid_link(link_info, link_id) \
for (link_id = 0; \
link_id < ((link_info)->valid_links ? \
ARRAY_SIZE((link_info)->links) : 1); \
link_id++) \
if (!(link_info)->valid_links || \
((link_info)->valid_links & BIT(link_id)))
/**
* DOC: Utility functions
*
* cfg80211 offers a number of utility functions that can be useful.
*/
/**
* ieee80211_channel_equal - compare two struct ieee80211_channel
*
* @a: 1st struct ieee80211_channel
* @b: 2nd struct ieee80211_channel
* Return: true if center frequency of @a == @b
*/
static inline bool
ieee80211_channel_equal(struct ieee80211_channel *a,
struct ieee80211_channel *b)
{
return (a->center_freq == b->center_freq &&
a->freq_offset == b->freq_offset);
}
/**
* ieee80211_channel_to_khz - convert ieee80211_channel to frequency in KHz
* @chan: struct ieee80211_channel to convert
* Return: The corresponding frequency (in KHz)
*/
static inline u32
ieee80211_channel_to_khz(const struct ieee80211_channel *chan)
{
return MHZ_TO_KHZ(chan->center_freq) + chan->freq_offset;
}
/**
* ieee80211_s1g_channel_width - get allowed channel width from @chan
*
* Only allowed for band NL80211_BAND_S1GHZ
* @chan: channel
* Return: The allowed channel width for this center_freq
*/
enum nl80211_chan_width
ieee80211_s1g_channel_width(const struct ieee80211_channel *chan);
/**
* ieee80211_channel_to_freq_khz - convert channel number to frequency
* @chan: channel number
* @band: band, necessary due to channel number overlap
* Return: The corresponding frequency (in KHz), or 0 if the conversion failed.
*/
u32 ieee80211_channel_to_freq_khz(int chan, enum nl80211_band band);
/**
* ieee80211_channel_to_frequency - convert channel number to frequency
* @chan: channel number
* @band: band, necessary due to channel number overlap
* Return: The corresponding frequency (in MHz), or 0 if the conversion failed.
*/
static inline int
ieee80211_channel_to_frequency(int chan, enum nl80211_band band)
{
return KHZ_TO_MHZ(ieee80211_channel_to_freq_khz(chan, band));
}
/**
* ieee80211_freq_khz_to_channel - convert frequency to channel number
* @freq: center frequency in KHz
* Return: The corresponding channel, or 0 if the conversion failed.
*/
int ieee80211_freq_khz_to_channel(u32 freq);
/**
* ieee80211_frequency_to_channel - convert frequency to channel number
* @freq: center frequency in MHz
* Return: The corresponding channel, or 0 if the conversion failed.
*/
static inline int
ieee80211_frequency_to_channel(int freq)
{
return ieee80211_freq_khz_to_channel(MHZ_TO_KHZ(freq));
}
/**
* ieee80211_get_channel_khz - get channel struct from wiphy for specified
* frequency
* @wiphy: the struct wiphy to get the channel for
* @freq: the center frequency (in KHz) of the channel
* Return: The channel struct from @wiphy at @freq.
*/
struct ieee80211_channel *
ieee80211_get_channel_khz(struct wiphy *wiphy, u32 freq);
/**
* ieee80211_get_channel - get channel struct from wiphy for specified frequency
*
* @wiphy: the struct wiphy to get the channel for
* @freq: the center frequency (in MHz) of the channel
* Return: The channel struct from @wiphy at @freq.
*/
static inline struct ieee80211_channel *
ieee80211_get_channel(struct wiphy *wiphy, int freq)
{
return ieee80211_get_channel_khz(wiphy, MHZ_TO_KHZ(freq));
}
/**
* cfg80211_channel_is_psc - Check if the channel is a 6 GHz PSC
* @chan: control channel to check
*
* The Preferred Scanning Channels (PSC) are defined in
* Draft IEEE P802.11ax/D5.0, 26.17.2.3.3
*
* Return: %true if channel is a PSC, %false otherwise
*/
static inline bool cfg80211_channel_is_psc(struct ieee80211_channel *chan)
{
if (chan->band != NL80211_BAND_6GHZ)
return false;
return ieee80211_frequency_to_channel(chan->center_freq) % 16 == 5;
}
/**
* ieee80211_get_response_rate - get basic rate for a given rate
*
* @sband: the band to look for rates in
* @basic_rates: bitmap of basic rates
* @bitrate: the bitrate for which to find the basic rate
*
* Return: The basic rate corresponding to a given bitrate, that
* is the next lower bitrate contained in the basic rate map,
* which is, for this function, given as a bitmap of indices of
* rates in the band's bitrate table.
*/
const struct ieee80211_rate *
ieee80211_get_response_rate(struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband,
u32 basic_rates, int bitrate);
/**
* ieee80211_mandatory_rates - get mandatory rates for a given band
* @sband: the band to look for rates in
*
* Return: a bitmap of the mandatory rates for the given band, bits
* are set according to the rate position in the bitrates array.
*/
u32 ieee80211_mandatory_rates(struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband);
/*
* Radiotap parsing functions -- for controlled injection support
*
* Implemented in net/wireless/radiotap.c
* Documentation in Documentation/networking/radiotap-headers.rst
*/
struct radiotap_align_size {
uint8_t align:4, size:4;
};
struct ieee80211_radiotap_namespace {
const struct radiotap_align_size *align_size;
int n_bits;
uint32_t oui;
uint8_t subns;
};
struct ieee80211_radiotap_vendor_namespaces {
const struct ieee80211_radiotap_namespace *ns;
int n_ns;
};
/**
* struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator - tracks walk thru present radiotap args
* @this_arg_index: index of current arg, valid after each successful call
* to ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_next()
* @this_arg: pointer to current radiotap arg; it is valid after each
* call to ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_next() but also after
* ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_init() where it will point to
* the beginning of the actual data portion
* @this_arg_size: length of the current arg, for convenience
* @current_namespace: pointer to the current namespace definition
* (or internally %NULL if the current namespace is unknown)
* @is_radiotap_ns: indicates whether the current namespace is the default
* radiotap namespace or not
*
* @_rtheader: pointer to the radiotap header we are walking through
* @_max_length: length of radiotap header in cpu byte ordering
* @_arg_index: next argument index
* @_arg: next argument pointer
* @_next_bitmap: internal pointer to next present u32
* @_bitmap_shifter: internal shifter for curr u32 bitmap, b0 set == arg present
* @_vns: vendor namespace definitions
* @_next_ns_data: beginning of the next namespace's data
* @_reset_on_ext: internal; reset the arg index to 0 when going to the
* next bitmap word
*
* Describes the radiotap parser state. Fields prefixed with an underscore
* must not be used by users of the parser, only by the parser internally.
*/
struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator {
struct ieee80211_radiotap_header *_rtheader;
const struct ieee80211_radiotap_vendor_namespaces *_vns;
const struct ieee80211_radiotap_namespace *current_namespace;
unsigned char *_arg, *_next_ns_data;
__le32 *_next_bitmap;
unsigned char *this_arg;
int this_arg_index;
int this_arg_size;
int is_radiotap_ns;
int _max_length;
int _arg_index;
uint32_t _bitmap_shifter;
int _reset_on_ext;
};
int
ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_init(struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator *iterator,
struct ieee80211_radiotap_header *radiotap_header,
int max_length,
const struct ieee80211_radiotap_vendor_namespaces *vns);
int
ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_next(struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator *iterator);
extern const unsigned char rfc1042_header[6];
extern const unsigned char bridge_tunnel_header[6];
/**
* ieee80211_get_hdrlen_from_skb - get header length from data
*
* @skb: the frame
*
* Given an skb with a raw 802.11 header at the data pointer this function
* returns the 802.11 header length.
*
* Return: The 802.11 header length in bytes (not including encryption
* headers). Or 0 if the data in the sk_buff is too short to contain a valid
* 802.11 header.
*/
unsigned int ieee80211_get_hdrlen_from_skb(const struct sk_buff *skb);
/**
* ieee80211_hdrlen - get header length in bytes from frame control
* @fc: frame control field in little-endian format
* Return: The header length in bytes.
*/
unsigned int __attribute_const__ ieee80211_hdrlen(__le16 fc);
/**
* ieee80211_get_mesh_hdrlen - get mesh extension header length
* @meshhdr: the mesh extension header, only the flags field
* (first byte) will be accessed
* Return: The length of the extension header, which is always at
* least 6 bytes and at most 18 if address 5 and 6 are present.
*/
unsigned int ieee80211_get_mesh_hdrlen(struct ieee80211s_hdr *meshhdr);
/**
* DOC: Data path helpers
*
* In addition to generic utilities, cfg80211 also offers
* functions that help implement the data path for devices
* that do not do the 802.11/802.3 conversion on the device.
*/
/**
* ieee80211_data_to_8023_exthdr - convert an 802.11 data frame to 802.3
* @skb: the 802.11 data frame
* @ehdr: pointer to a &struct ethhdr that will get the header, instead
* of it being pushed into the SKB
* @addr: the device MAC address
* @iftype: the virtual interface type
* @data_offset: offset of payload after the 802.11 header
* @is_amsdu: true if the 802.11 header is A-MSDU
* Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error.
*/
int ieee80211_data_to_8023_exthdr(struct sk_buff *skb, struct ethhdr *ehdr,
const u8 *addr, enum nl80211_iftype iftype,
u8 data_offset, bool is_amsdu);
/**
* ieee80211_data_to_8023 - convert an 802.11 data frame to 802.3
* @skb: the 802.11 data frame
* @addr: the device MAC address
* @iftype: the virtual interface type
* Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error.
*/
static inline int ieee80211_data_to_8023(struct sk_buff *skb, const u8 *addr,
enum nl80211_iftype iftype)
{
return ieee80211_data_to_8023_exthdr(skb, NULL, addr, iftype, 0, false);
}
/**
* ieee80211_is_valid_amsdu - check if subframe lengths of an A-MSDU are valid
*
* This is used to detect non-standard A-MSDU frames, e.g. the ones generated
* by ath10k and ath11k, where the subframe length includes the length of the
* mesh control field.
*
* @skb: The input A-MSDU frame without any headers.
* @mesh_hdr: the type of mesh header to test
* 0: non-mesh A-MSDU length field
* 1: big-endian mesh A-MSDU length field
* 2: little-endian mesh A-MSDU length field
* Returns: true if subframe header lengths are valid for the @mesh_hdr mode
*/
bool ieee80211_is_valid_amsdu(struct sk_buff *skb, u8 mesh_hdr);
/**
* ieee80211_amsdu_to_8023s - decode an IEEE 802.11n A-MSDU frame
*
* Decode an IEEE 802.11 A-MSDU and convert it to a list of 802.3 frames.
* The @list will be empty if the decode fails. The @skb must be fully
* header-less before being passed in here; it is freed in this function.
*
* @skb: The input A-MSDU frame without any headers.
* @list: The output list of 802.3 frames. It must be allocated and
* initialized by the caller.
* @addr: The device MAC address.
* @iftype: The device interface type.
* @extra_headroom: The hardware extra headroom for SKBs in the @list.
* @check_da: DA to check in the inner ethernet header, or NULL
* @check_sa: SA to check in the inner ethernet header, or NULL
* @mesh_control: see mesh_hdr in ieee80211_is_valid_amsdu
*/
void ieee80211_amsdu_to_8023s(struct sk_buff *skb, struct sk_buff_head *list,
const u8 *addr, enum nl80211_iftype iftype,
const unsigned int extra_headroom,
const u8 *check_da, const u8 *check_sa,
u8 mesh_control);
/**
* ieee80211_get_8023_tunnel_proto - get RFC1042 or bridge tunnel encap protocol
*
* Check for RFC1042 or bridge tunnel header and fetch the encapsulated
* protocol.
*
* @hdr: pointer to the MSDU payload
* @proto: destination pointer to store the protocol
* Return: true if encapsulation was found
*/
bool ieee80211_get_8023_tunnel_proto(const void *hdr, __be16 *proto);
/**
* ieee80211_strip_8023_mesh_hdr - strip mesh header from converted 802.3 frames
*
* Strip the mesh header, which was left in by ieee80211_data_to_8023 as part
* of the MSDU data. Also move any source/destination addresses from the mesh
* header to the ethernet header (if present).
*
* @skb: The 802.3 frame with embedded mesh header
*
* Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error.
*/
int ieee80211_strip_8023_mesh_hdr(struct sk_buff *skb);
/**
* cfg80211_classify8021d - determine the 802.1p/1d tag for a data frame
* @skb: the data frame
* @qos_map: Interworking QoS mapping or %NULL if not in use
* Return: The 802.1p/1d tag.
*/
unsigned int cfg80211_classify8021d(struct sk_buff *skb,
struct cfg80211_qos_map *qos_map);
/**
* cfg80211_find_elem_match - match information element and byte array in data
*
* @eid: element ID
* @ies: data consisting of IEs
* @len: length of data
* @match: byte array to match
* @match_len: number of bytes in the match array
* @match_offset: offset in the IE data where the byte array should match.
* Note the difference to cfg80211_find_ie_match() which considers
* the offset to start from the element ID byte, but here we take
* the data portion instead.
*
* Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if
* the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given
* data) or if the byte array doesn't match; otherwise return the
* requested element struct.
*
* Note: There are no checks on the element length other than
* having to fit into the given data and being large enough for the
* byte array to match.
*/
const struct element *
cfg80211_find_elem_match(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, unsigned int len,
const u8 *match, unsigned int match_len,
unsigned int match_offset);
/**
* cfg80211_find_ie_match - match information element and byte array in data
*
* @eid: element ID
* @ies: data consisting of IEs
* @len: length of data
* @match: byte array to match
* @match_len: number of bytes in the match array
* @match_offset: offset in the IE where the byte array should match.
* If match_len is zero, this must also be set to zero.
* Otherwise this must be set to 2 or more, because the first
* byte is the element id, which is already compared to eid, and
* the second byte is the IE length.
*
* Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if
* the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given
* data) or if the byte array doesn't match, or a pointer to the first
* byte of the requested element, that is the byte containing the
* element ID.
*
* Note: There are no checks on the element length other than
* having to fit into the given data and being large enough for the
* byte array to match.
*/
static inline const u8 *
cfg80211_find_ie_match(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, unsigned int len,
const u8 *match, unsigned int match_len,
unsigned int match_offset)
{
/* match_offset can't be smaller than 2, unless match_len is
* zero, in which case match_offset must be zero as well.
*/
if (WARN_ON((match_len && match_offset < 2) ||
(!match_len && match_offset)))
return NULL;
return (const void *)cfg80211_find_elem_match(eid, ies, len,
match, match_len,
match_offset ?
match_offset - 2 : 0);
}
/**
* cfg80211_find_elem - find information element in data
*
* @eid: element ID
* @ies: data consisting of IEs
* @len: length of data
*
* Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if
* the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given
* data) or if the byte array doesn't match; otherwise return the
* requested element struct.
*
* Note: There are no checks on the element length other than
* having to fit into the given data.
*/
static inline const struct element *
cfg80211_find_elem(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, int len)
{
return cfg80211_find_elem_match(eid, ies, len, NULL, 0, 0);
}
/**
* cfg80211_find_ie - find information element in data
*
* @eid: element ID
* @ies: data consisting of IEs
* @len: length of data
*
* Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if
* the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given
* data), or a pointer to the first byte of the requested
* element, that is the byte containing the element ID.
*
* Note: There are no checks on the element length other than
* having to fit into the given data.
*/
static inline const u8 *cfg80211_find_ie(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, int len)
{
return cfg80211_find_ie_match(eid, ies, len, NULL, 0, 0);
}
/**
* cfg80211_find_ext_elem - find information element with EID Extension in data
*
* @ext_eid: element ID Extension
* @ies: data consisting of IEs
* @len: length of data
*
* Return: %NULL if the extended element could not be found or if
* the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given
* data) or if the byte array doesn't match; otherwise return the
* requested element struct.
*
* Note: There are no checks on the element length other than
* having to fit into the given data.
*/
static inline const struct element *
cfg80211_find_ext_elem(u8 ext_eid, const u8 *ies, int len)
{
return cfg80211_find_elem_match(WLAN_EID_EXTENSION, ies, len,
&ext_eid, 1, 0);
}
/**
* cfg80211_find_ext_ie - find information element with EID Extension in data
*
* @ext_eid: element ID Extension
* @ies: data consisting of IEs
* @len: length of data
*
* Return: %NULL if the extended element ID could not be found or if
* the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given
* data), or a pointer to the first byte of the requested
* element, that is the byte containing the element ID.
*
* Note: There are no checks on the element length other than
* having to fit into the given data.
*/
static inline const u8 *cfg80211_find_ext_ie(u8 ext_eid, const u8 *ies, int len)
{
return cfg80211_find_ie_match(WLAN_EID_EXTENSION, ies, len,
&ext_eid, 1, 2);
}
/**
* cfg80211_find_vendor_elem - find vendor specific information element in data
*
* @oui: vendor OUI
* @oui_type: vendor-specific OUI type (must be < 0xff), negative means any
* @ies: data consisting of IEs
* @len: length of data
*
* Return: %NULL if the vendor specific element ID could not be found or if the
* element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given data); otherwise
* return the element structure for the requested element.
*
* Note: There are no checks on the element length other than having to fit into
* the given data.
*/
const struct element *cfg80211_find_vendor_elem(unsigned int oui, int oui_type,
const u8 *ies,
unsigned int len);
/**
* cfg80211_find_vendor_ie - find vendor specific information element in data
*
* @oui: vendor OUI
* @oui_type: vendor-specific OUI type (must be < 0xff), negative means any
* @ies: data consisting of IEs
* @len: length of data
*
* Return: %NULL if the vendor specific element ID could not be found or if the
* element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given data), or a pointer to
* the first byte of the requested element, that is the byte containing the
* element ID.
*
* Note: There are no checks on the element length other than having to fit into
* the given data.
*/
static inline const u8 *
cfg80211_find_vendor_ie(unsigned int oui, int oui_type,
const u8 *ies, unsigned int len)
{
return (const void *)cfg80211_find_vendor_elem(oui, oui_type, ies, len);
}
/**
* enum cfg80211_rnr_iter_ret - reduced neighbor report iteration state
* @RNR_ITER_CONTINUE: continue iterating with the next entry
* @RNR_ITER_BREAK: break iteration and return success
* @RNR_ITER_ERROR: break iteration and return error
*/
enum cfg80211_rnr_iter_ret {
RNR_ITER_CONTINUE,
RNR_ITER_BREAK,
RNR_ITER_ERROR,
};
/**
* cfg80211_iter_rnr - iterate reduced neighbor report entries
* @elems: the frame elements to iterate RNR elements and then
* their entries in
* @elems_len: length of the elements
* @iter: iteration function, see also &enum cfg80211_rnr_iter_ret
* for the return value
* @iter_data: additional data passed to the iteration function
* Return: %true on success (after successfully iterating all entries
* or if the iteration function returned %RNR_ITER_BREAK),
* %false on error (iteration function returned %RNR_ITER_ERROR
* or elements were malformed.)
*/
bool cfg80211_iter_rnr(const u8 *elems, size_t elems_len,
enum cfg80211_rnr_iter_ret
(*iter)(void *data, u8 type,
const struct ieee80211_neighbor_ap_info *info,
const u8 *tbtt_info, u8 tbtt_info_len),
void *iter_data);
/**
* cfg80211_defragment_element - Defrag the given element data into a buffer
*
* @elem: the element to defragment
* @ies: elements where @elem is contained
* @ieslen: length of @ies
* @data: buffer to store element data, or %NULL to just determine size
* @data_len: length of @data, or 0
* @frag_id: the element ID of fragments
*
* Return: length of @data, or -EINVAL on error
*
* Copy out all data from an element that may be fragmented into @data, while
* skipping all headers.
*
* The function uses memmove() internally. It is acceptable to defragment an
* element in-place.
*/
ssize_t cfg80211_defragment_element(const struct element *elem, const u8 *ies,
size_t ieslen, u8 *data, size_t data_len,
u8 frag_id);
/**
* cfg80211_send_layer2_update - send layer 2 update frame
*
* @dev: network device
* @addr: STA MAC address
*
* Wireless drivers can use this function to update forwarding tables in bridge
* devices upon STA association.
*/
void cfg80211_send_layer2_update(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr);
/**
* DOC: Regulatory enforcement infrastructure
*
* TODO
*/
/**
* regulatory_hint - driver hint to the wireless core a regulatory domain
* @wiphy: the wireless device giving the hint (used only for reporting
* conflicts)
* @alpha2: the ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 the driver claims its regulatory domain
* should be in. If @rd is set this should be NULL. Note that if you
* set this to NULL you should still set rd->alpha2 to some accepted
* alpha2.
*
* Wireless drivers can use this function to hint to the wireless core
* what it believes should be the current regulatory domain by
* giving it an ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 country code it knows its regulatory
* domain should be in or by providing a completely build regulatory domain.
* If the driver provides an ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 userspace will be queried
* for a regulatory domain structure for the respective country.
*
* The wiphy must have been registered to cfg80211 prior to this call.
* For cfg80211 drivers this means you must first use wiphy_register(),
* for mac80211 drivers you must first use ieee80211_register_hw().
*
* Drivers should check the return value, its possible you can get
* an -ENOMEM.
*
* Return: 0 on success. -ENOMEM.
*/
int regulatory_hint(struct wiphy *wiphy, const char *alpha2);
/**
* regulatory_set_wiphy_regd - set regdom info for self managed drivers
* @wiphy: the wireless device we want to process the regulatory domain on
* @rd: the regulatory domain information to use for this wiphy
*
* Set the regulatory domain information for self-managed wiphys, only they
* may use this function. See %REGULATORY_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED for more
* information.
*
* Return: 0 on success. -EINVAL, -EPERM
*/
int regulatory_set_wiphy_regd(struct wiphy *wiphy,
struct ieee80211_regdomain *rd);
/**
* regulatory_set_wiphy_regd_sync - set regdom for self-managed drivers
* @wiphy: the wireless device we want to process the regulatory domain on
* @rd: the regulatory domain information to use for this wiphy
*
* This functions requires the RTNL and the wiphy mutex to be held and
* applies the new regdomain synchronously to this wiphy. For more details
* see regulatory_set_wiphy_regd().
*
* Return: 0 on success. -EINVAL, -EPERM
*/
int regulatory_set_wiphy_regd_sync(struct wiphy *wiphy,
struct ieee80211_regdomain *rd);
/**
* wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory - apply a custom driver regulatory domain
* @wiphy: the wireless device we want to process the regulatory domain on
* @regd: the custom regulatory domain to use for this wiphy
*
* Drivers can sometimes have custom regulatory domains which do not apply
* to a specific country. Drivers can use this to apply such custom regulatory
* domains. This routine must be called prior to wiphy registration. The
* custom regulatory domain will be trusted completely and as such previous
* default channel settings will be disregarded. If no rule is found for a
* channel on the regulatory domain the channel will be disabled.
* Drivers using this for a wiphy should also set the wiphy flag
* REGULATORY_CUSTOM_REG or cfg80211 will set it for the wiphy
* that called this helper.
*/
void wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory(struct wiphy *wiphy,
const struct ieee80211_regdomain *regd);
/**
* freq_reg_info - get regulatory information for the given frequency
* @wiphy: the wiphy for which we want to process this rule for
* @center_freq: Frequency in KHz for which we want regulatory information for
*
* Use this function to get the regulatory rule for a specific frequency on
* a given wireless device. If the device has a specific regulatory domain
* it wants to follow we respect that unless a country IE has been received
* and processed already.
*
* Return: A valid pointer, or, when an error occurs, for example if no rule
* can be found, the return value is encoded using ERR_PTR(). Use IS_ERR() to
* check and PTR_ERR() to obtain the numeric return value. The numeric return
* value will be -ERANGE if we determine the given center_freq does not even
* have a regulatory rule for a frequency range in the center_freq's band.
* See freq_in_rule_band() for our current definition of a band -- this is
* purely subjective and right now it's 802.11 specific.
*/
const struct ieee80211_reg_rule *freq_reg_info(struct wiphy *wiphy,
u32 center_freq);
/**
* reg_initiator_name - map regulatory request initiator enum to name
* @initiator: the regulatory request initiator
*
* You can use this to map the regulatory request initiator enum to a
* proper string representation.
*
* Return: pointer to string representation of the initiator
*/
const char *reg_initiator_name(enum nl80211_reg_initiator initiator);
/**
* regulatory_pre_cac_allowed - check if pre-CAC allowed in the current regdom
* @wiphy: wiphy for which pre-CAC capability is checked.
*
* Pre-CAC is allowed only in some regdomains (notable ETSI).
*
* Return: %true if allowed, %false otherwise
*/
bool regulatory_pre_cac_allowed(struct wiphy *wiphy);
/**
* DOC: Internal regulatory db functions
*
*/
/**
* reg_query_regdb_wmm - Query internal regulatory db for wmm rule
* Regulatory self-managed driver can use it to proactively
*
* @alpha2: the ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 wmm rule to be queried.
* @freq: the frequency (in MHz) to be queried.
* @rule: pointer to store the wmm rule from the regulatory db.
*
* Self-managed wireless drivers can use this function to query
* the internal regulatory database to check whether the given
* ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 country and freq have wmm rule limitations.
*
* Drivers should check the return value, its possible you can get
* an -ENODATA.
*
* Return: 0 on success. -ENODATA.
*/
int reg_query_regdb_wmm(char *alpha2, int freq,
struct ieee80211_reg_rule *rule);
/*
* callbacks for asynchronous cfg80211 methods, notification
* functions and BSS handling helpers
*/
/**
* cfg80211_scan_done - notify that scan finished
*
* @request: the corresponding scan request
* @info: information about the completed scan
*/
void cfg80211_scan_done(struct cfg80211_scan_request *request,
struct cfg80211_scan_info *info);
/**
* cfg80211_sched_scan_results - notify that new scan results are available
*
* @wiphy: the wiphy which got scheduled scan results
* @reqid: identifier for the related scheduled scan request
*/
void cfg80211_sched_scan_results(struct wiphy *wiphy, u64 reqid);
/**
* cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped - notify that the scheduled scan has stopped
*
* @wiphy: the wiphy on which the scheduled scan stopped
* @reqid: identifier for the related scheduled scan request
*
* The driver can call this function to inform cfg80211 that the
* scheduled scan had to be stopped, for whatever reason. The driver
* is then called back via the sched_scan_stop operation when done.
*/
void cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped(struct wiphy *wiphy, u64 reqid);
/**
* cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped_locked - notify that the scheduled scan has stopped
*
* @wiphy: the wiphy on which the scheduled scan stopped
* @reqid: identifier for the related scheduled scan request
*
* The driver can call this function to inform cfg80211 that the
* scheduled scan had to be stopped, for whatever reason. The driver
* is then called back via the sched_scan_stop operation when done.
* This function should be called with the wiphy mutex held.
*/
void cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped_locked(struct wiphy *wiphy, u64 reqid);
/**
* cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data - inform cfg80211 of a received BSS frame
* @wiphy: the wiphy reporting the BSS
* @data: the BSS metadata
* @mgmt: the management frame (probe response or beacon)
* @len: length of the management frame
* @gfp: context flags
*
* This informs cfg80211 that BSS information was found and
* the BSS should be updated/added.
*
* Return: A referenced struct, must be released with cfg80211_put_bss()!
* Or %NULL on error.
*/
struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check
cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data(struct wiphy *wiphy,
struct cfg80211_inform_bss *data,
struct ieee80211_mgmt *mgmt, size_t len,
gfp_t gfp);
static inline struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check
cfg80211_inform_bss_frame(struct wiphy *wiphy,
struct ieee80211_channel *rx_channel,
struct ieee80211_mgmt *mgmt, size_t len,
s32 signal, gfp_t gfp)
{
struct cfg80211_inform_bss data = {
.chan = rx_channel,
.signal = signal,
};
return cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data(wiphy, &data, mgmt, len, gfp);
}
/**
* cfg80211_gen_new_bssid - generate a nontransmitted BSSID for multi-BSSID
* @bssid: transmitter BSSID
* @max_bssid: max BSSID indicator, taken from Multiple BSSID element
* @mbssid_index: BSSID index, taken from Multiple BSSID index element
* @new_bssid: calculated nontransmitted BSSID
*/
static inline void cfg80211_gen_new_bssid(const u8 *bssid, u8 max_bssid,
u8 mbssid_index, u8 *new_bssid)
{
u64 bssid_u64 = ether_addr_to_u64(bssid);
u64 mask = GENMASK_ULL(max_bssid - 1, 0);
u64 new_bssid_u64;
new_bssid_u64 = bssid_u64 & ~mask;
new_bssid_u64 |= ((bssid_u64 & mask) + mbssid_index) & mask;
u64_to_ether_addr(new_bssid_u64, new_bssid);
}
/**
* cfg80211_is_element_inherited - returns if element ID should be inherited
* @element: element to check
* @non_inherit_element: non inheritance element
*
* Return: %true if should be inherited, %false otherwise
*/
bool cfg80211_is_element_inherited(const struct element *element,
const struct element *non_inherit_element);
/**
* cfg80211_merge_profile - merges a MBSSID profile if it is split between IEs
* @ie: ies
* @ielen: length of IEs
* @mbssid_elem: current MBSSID element
* @sub_elem: current MBSSID subelement (profile)
* @merged_ie: location of the merged profile
* @max_copy_len: max merged profile length
*
* Return: the number of bytes merged
*/
size_t cfg80211_merge_profile(const u8 *ie, size_t ielen,
const struct element *mbssid_elem,
const struct element *sub_elem,
u8 *merged_ie, size_t max_copy_len);
/**
* enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type - frame type that the BSS data came from
* @CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_UNKNOWN: driver doesn't know whether the data is
* from a beacon or probe response
* @CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_BEACON: data comes from a beacon
* @CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_PRESP: data comes from a probe response
* @CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_S1G_BEACON: data comes from an S1G beacon
*/
enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type {
CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_UNKNOWN,
CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_BEACON,
CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_PRESP,
CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_S1G_BEACON,
};
/**
* cfg80211_get_ies_channel_number - returns the channel number from ies
* @ie: IEs
* @ielen: length of IEs
* @band: enum nl80211_band of the channel
*
* Return: the channel number, or -1 if none could be determined.
*/
int cfg80211_get_ies_channel_number(const u8 *ie, size_t ielen,
enum nl80211_band band);
/**
* cfg80211_ssid_eq - compare two SSIDs
* @a: first SSID
* @b: second SSID
*
* Return: %true if SSIDs are equal, %false otherwise.
*/
static inline bool
cfg80211_ssid_eq(struct cfg80211_ssid *a, struct cfg80211_ssid *b)
{
if (WARN_ON(!a || !b))
return false;
if (a->ssid_len != b->ssid_len)
return false;
return memcmp(a->ssid, b->ssid, a->ssid_len) ? false : true;
}
/**
* cfg80211_inform_bss_data - inform cfg80211 of a new BSS
*
* @wiphy: the wiphy reporting the BSS
* @data: the BSS metadata
* @ftype: frame type (if known)
* @bssid: the BSSID of the BSS
* @tsf: the TSF sent by the peer in the beacon/probe response (or 0)
* @capability: the capability field sent by the peer
* @beacon_interval: the beacon interval announced by the peer
* @ie: additional IEs sent by the peer
* @ielen: length of the additional IEs
* @gfp: context flags
*
* This informs cfg80211 that BSS information was found and
* the BSS should be updated/added.
*
* Return: A referenced struct, must be released with cfg80211_put_bss()!
* Or %NULL on error.
*/
struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check
cfg80211_inform_bss_data(struct wiphy *wiphy,
struct cfg80211_inform_bss *data,
enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type ftype,
const u8 *bssid, u64 tsf, u16 capability,
u16 beacon_interval, const u8 *ie, size_t ielen,
gfp_t gfp);
static inline struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check
cfg80211_inform_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy,
struct ieee80211_channel *rx_channel,
enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type ftype,
const u8 *bssid, u64 tsf, u16 capability,
u16 beacon_interval, const u8 *ie, size_t ielen,
s32 signal, gfp_t gfp)
{
struct cfg80211_inform_bss data = {
.chan = rx_channel,
.signal = signal,
};
return cfg80211_inform_bss_data(wiphy, &data, ftype, bssid, tsf,
capability, beacon_interval, ie, ielen,
gfp);
}
/**
* __cfg80211_get_bss - get a BSS reference
* @wiphy: the wiphy this BSS struct belongs to
* @channel: the channel to search on (or %NULL)
* @bssid: the desired BSSID (or %NULL)
* @ssid: the desired SSID (or %NULL)
* @ssid_len: length of the SSID (or 0)
* @bss_type: type of BSS, see &enum ieee80211_bss_type
* @privacy: privacy filter, see &enum ieee80211_privacy
* @use_for: indicates which use is intended
*
* Return: Reference-counted BSS on success. %NULL on error.
*/
struct cfg80211_bss *__cfg80211_get_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy,
struct ieee80211_channel *channel,
const u8 *bssid,
const u8 *ssid, size_t ssid_len,
enum ieee80211_bss_type bss_type,
enum ieee80211_privacy privacy,
u32 use_for);
/**
* cfg80211_get_bss - get a BSS reference
* @wiphy: the wiphy this BSS struct belongs to
* @channel: the channel to search on (or %NULL)
* @bssid: the desired BSSID (or %NULL)
* @ssid: the desired SSID (or %NULL)
* @ssid_len: length of the SSID (or 0)
* @bss_type: type of BSS, see &enum ieee80211_bss_type
* @privacy: privacy filter, see &enum ieee80211_privacy
*
* This version implies regular usage, %NL80211_BSS_USE_FOR_NORMAL.
*
* Return: Reference-counted BSS on success. %NULL on error.
*/
static inline struct cfg80211_bss *
cfg80211_get_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct ieee80211_channel *channel,
const u8 *bssid, const u8 *ssid, size_t ssid_len,
enum ieee80211_bss_type bss_type,
enum ieee80211_privacy privacy)
{
return __cfg80211_get_bss(wiphy, channel, bssid, ssid, ssid_len,
bss_type, privacy,
NL80211_BSS_USE_FOR_NORMAL);
}
static inline struct cfg80211_bss *
cfg80211_get_ibss(struct wiphy *wiphy,
struct ieee80211_channel *channel,
const u8 *ssid, size_t ssid_len)
{
return cfg80211_get_bss(wiphy, channel, NULL, ssid, ssid_len,
IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_IBSS,
IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ANY);
}
/**
* cfg80211_ref_bss - reference BSS struct
* @wiphy: the wiphy this BSS struct belongs to
* @bss: the BSS struct to reference
*
* Increments the refcount of the given BSS struct.
*/
void cfg80211_ref_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_bss *bss);
/**
* cfg80211_put_bss - unref BSS struct
* @wiphy: the wiphy this BSS struct belongs to
* @bss: the BSS struct
*
* Decrements the refcount of the given BSS struct.
*/
void cfg80211_put_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_bss *bss);
/**
* cfg80211_unlink_bss - unlink BSS from internal data structures
* @wiphy: the wiphy
* @bss: the bss to remove
*
* This function removes the given BSS from the internal data structures
* thereby making it no longer show up in scan results etc. Use this
* function when you detect a BSS is gone. Normally BSSes will also time
* out, so it is not necessary to use this function at all.
*/
void cfg80211_unlink_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_bss *bss);
/**
* cfg80211_bss_iter - iterate all BSS entries
*
* This function iterates over the BSS entries associated with the given wiphy
* and calls the callback for the iterated BSS. The iterator function is not
* allowed to call functions that might modify the internal state of the BSS DB.
*
* @wiphy: the wiphy
* @chandef: if given, the iterator function will be called only if the channel
* of the currently iterated BSS is a subset of the given channel.
* @iter: the iterator function to call
* @iter_data: an argument to the iterator function
*/
void cfg80211_bss_iter(struct wiphy *wiphy,
struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
void (*iter)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
struct cfg80211_bss *bss,
void *data),
void *iter_data);
/**
* cfg80211_rx_mlme_mgmt - notification of processed MLME management frame
* @dev: network device
* @buf: authentication frame (header + body)
* @len: length of the frame data
*
* This function is called whenever an authentication, disassociation or
* deauthentication frame has been received and processed in station mode.
* After being asked to authenticate via cfg80211_ops::auth() the driver must
* call either this function or cfg80211_auth_timeout().
* After being asked to associate via cfg80211_ops::assoc() the driver must
* call either this function or cfg80211_auth_timeout().
* While connected, the driver must calls this for received and processed
* disassociation and deauthentication frames. If the frame couldn't be used
* because it was unprotected, the driver must call the function
* cfg80211_rx_unprot_mlme_mgmt() instead.
*
* This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex.
*/
void cfg80211_rx_mlme_mgmt(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *buf, size_t len);
/**
* cfg80211_auth_timeout - notification of timed out authentication
* @dev: network device
* @addr: The MAC address of the device with which the authentication timed out
*
* This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's
* mutex.
*/
void cfg80211_auth_timeout(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr);
/**
* struct cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp_data - association response data
* @buf: (Re)Association Response frame (header + body)
* @len: length of the frame data
* @uapsd_queues: bitmap of queues configured for uapsd. Same format
* as the AC bitmap in the QoS info field
* @req_ies: information elements from the (Re)Association Request frame
* @req_ies_len: length of req_ies data
* @ap_mld_addr: AP MLD address (in case of MLO)
* @links: per-link information indexed by link ID, use links[0] for
* non-MLO connections
* @links.bss: the BSS that association was requested with, ownership of the
* pointer moves to cfg80211 in the call to cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp()
* @links.status: Set this (along with a BSS pointer) for links that
* were rejected by the AP.
*/
struct cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp_data {
const u8 *buf;
size_t len;
const u8 *req_ies;
size_t req_ies_len;
int uapsd_queues;
const u8 *ap_mld_addr;
struct {
u8 addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
struct cfg80211_bss *bss;
u16 status;
} links[IEEE80211_MLD_MAX_NUM_LINKS];
};
/**
* cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp - notification of processed association response
* @dev: network device
* @data: association response data, &struct cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp_data
*
* After being asked to associate via cfg80211_ops::assoc() the driver must
* call either this function or cfg80211_auth_timeout().
*
* This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex.
*/
void cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp(struct net_device *dev,
const struct cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp_data *data);
/**
* struct cfg80211_assoc_failure - association failure data
* @ap_mld_addr: AP MLD address, or %NULL
* @bss: list of BSSes, must use entry 0 for non-MLO connections
* (@ap_mld_addr is %NULL)
* @timeout: indicates the association failed due to timeout, otherwise
* the association was abandoned for a reason reported through some
* other API (e.g. deauth RX)
*/
struct cfg80211_assoc_failure {
const u8 *ap_mld_addr;
struct cfg80211_bss *bss[IEEE80211_MLD_MAX_NUM_LINKS];
bool timeout;
};
/**
* cfg80211_assoc_failure - notification of association failure
* @dev: network device
* @data: data describing the association failure
*
* This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex.
*/
void cfg80211_assoc_failure(struct net_device *dev,
struct cfg80211_assoc_failure *data);
/**
* cfg80211_tx_mlme_mgmt - notification of transmitted deauth/disassoc frame
* @dev: network device
* @buf: 802.11 frame (header + body)
* @len: length of the frame data
* @reconnect: immediate reconnect is desired (include the nl80211 attribute)
*
* This function is called whenever deauthentication has been processed in
* station mode. This includes both received deauthentication frames and
* locally generated ones. This function may sleep. The caller must hold the
* corresponding wdev's mutex.
*/
void cfg80211_tx_mlme_mgmt(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *buf, size_t len,
bool reconnect);
/**
* cfg80211_rx_unprot_mlme_mgmt - notification of unprotected mlme mgmt frame
* @dev: network device
* @buf: received management frame (header + body)
* @len: length of the frame data
*
* This function is called whenever a received deauthentication or dissassoc
* frame has been dropped in station mode because of MFP being used but the
* frame was not protected. This is also used to notify reception of a Beacon
* frame that was dropped because it did not include a valid MME MIC while
* beacon protection was enabled (BIGTK configured in station mode).
*
* This function may sleep.
*/
void cfg80211_rx_unprot_mlme_mgmt(struct net_device *dev,
const u8 *buf, size_t len);
/**
* cfg80211_michael_mic_failure - notification of Michael MIC failure (TKIP)
* @dev: network device
* @addr: The source MAC address of the frame
* @key_type: The key type that the received frame used
* @key_id: Key identifier (0..3). Can be -1 if missing.
* @tsc: The TSC value of the frame that generated the MIC failure (6 octets)
* @gfp: allocation flags
*
* This function is called whenever the local MAC detects a MIC failure in a
* received frame. This matches with MLME-MICHAELMICFAILURE.indication()
* primitive.
*/
void cfg80211_michael_mic_failure(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr,
enum nl80211_key_type key_type, int key_id,
const u8 *tsc, gfp_t gfp);
/**
* cfg80211_ibss_joined - notify cfg80211 that device joined an IBSS
*
* @dev: network device
* @bssid: the BSSID of the IBSS joined
* @channel: the channel of the IBSS joined
* @gfp: allocation flags
*
* This function notifies cfg80211 that the device joined an IBSS or
* switched to a different BSSID. Before this function can be called,
* either a beacon has to have been received from the IBSS, or one of
* the cfg80211_inform_bss{,_frame} functions must have been called
* with the locally generated beacon -- this guarantees that there is
* always a scan result for this IBSS. cfg80211 will handle the rest.
*/
void cfg80211_ibss_joined(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid,
struct ieee80211_channel *channel, gfp_t gfp);
/**
* cfg80211_notify_new_peer_candidate - notify cfg80211 of a new mesh peer
* candidate
*
* @dev: network device
* @macaddr: the MAC address of the new candidate
* @ie: information elements advertised by the peer candidate
* @ie_len: length of the information elements buffer
* @sig_dbm: signal level in dBm
* @gfp: allocation flags
*
* This function notifies cfg80211 that the mesh peer candidate has been
* detected, most likely via a beacon or, less likely, via a probe response.
* cfg80211 then sends a notification to userspace.
*/
void cfg80211_notify_new_peer_candidate(struct net_device *dev,
const u8 *macaddr, const u8 *ie, u8 ie_len,
int sig_dbm, gfp_t gfp);
/**
* DOC: RFkill integration
*
* RFkill integration in cfg80211 is almost invisible to drivers,
* as cfg80211 automatically registers an rfkill instance for each
* wireless device it knows about. Soft kill is also translated
* into disconnecting and turning all interfaces off. Drivers are
* expected to turn off the device when all interfaces are down.
*
* However, devices may have a hard RFkill line, in which case they
* also need to interact with the rfkill subsystem, via cfg80211.
* They can do this with a few helper functions documented here.
*/
/**
* wiphy_rfkill_set_hw_state_reason - notify cfg80211 about hw block state
* @wiphy: the wiphy
* @blocked: block status
* @reason: one of reasons in &enum rfkill_hard_block_reasons
*/
void wiphy_rfkill_set_hw_state_reason(struct wiphy *wiphy, bool blocked,
enum rfkill_hard_block_reasons reason);
static inline void wiphy_rfkill_set_hw_state(struct wiphy *wiphy, bool blocked)
{
wiphy_rfkill_set_hw_state_reason(wiphy, blocked,
RFKILL_HARD_BLOCK_SIGNAL);
}
/**
* wiphy_rfkill_start_polling - start polling rfkill
* @wiphy: the wiphy
*/
void wiphy_rfkill_start_polling(struct wiphy *wiphy);
/**
* wiphy_rfkill_stop_polling - stop polling rfkill
* @wiphy: the wiphy
*/
static inline void wiphy_rfkill_stop_polling(struct wiphy *wiphy)
{
rfkill_pause_polling(wiphy->rfkill);
}
/**
* DOC: Vendor commands
*
* Occasionally, there are special protocol or firmware features that
* can't be implemented very openly. For this and similar cases, the
* vendor command functionality allows implementing the features with
* (typically closed-source) userspace and firmware, using nl80211 as
* the configuration mechanism.
*
* A driver supporting vendor commands must register them as an array
* in struct wiphy, with handlers for each one. Each command has an
* OUI and sub command ID to identify it.
*
* Note that this feature should not be (ab)used to implement protocol
* features that could openly be shared across drivers. In particular,
* it must never be required to use vendor commands to implement any
* "normal" functionality that higher-level userspace like connection
* managers etc. need.
*/
struct sk_buff *__cfg80211_alloc_reply_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy,
enum nl80211_commands cmd,
enum nl80211_attrs attr,
int approxlen);
struct sk_buff *__cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy,
struct wireless_dev *wdev,
enum nl80211_commands cmd,
enum nl80211_attrs attr,
unsigned int portid,
int vendor_event_idx,
int approxlen, gfp_t gfp);
void __cfg80211_send_event_skb(struct sk_buff *skb, gfp_t gfp);
/**
* cfg80211_vendor_cmd_alloc_reply_skb - allocate vendor command reply
* @wiphy: the wiphy
* @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will
* be put into the skb
*
* This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for a reply to
* a vendor command. Since it is intended for a reply, calling
* it outside of a vendor command's doit() operation is invalid.
*
* The returned skb is pre-filled with some identifying data in
* a way that any data that is put into the skb (with skb_put(),
* nla_put() or similar) will end up being within the
* %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA attribute, so all that needs to be done
* with the skb is adding data for the corresponding userspace tool
* which can then read that data out of the vendor data attribute.
* You must not modify the skb in any other way.
*
* When done, call cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply() with the skb and return
* its error code as the result of the doit() operation.
*
* Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen.
*/
static inline struct sk_buff *
cfg80211_vendor_cmd_alloc_reply_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, int approxlen)
{
return __cfg80211_alloc_reply_skb(wiphy, NL80211_CMD_VENDOR,
NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA, approxlen);
}
/**
* cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply - send the reply skb
* @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with
* cfg80211_vendor_cmd_alloc_reply_skb()
*
* Since calling this function will usually be the last thing
* before returning from the vendor command doit() you should
* return the error code. Note that this function consumes the
* skb regardless of the return value.
*
* Return: An error code or 0 on success.
*/
int cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply(struct sk_buff *skb);
/**
* cfg80211_vendor_cmd_get_sender - get the current sender netlink ID
* @wiphy: the wiphy
*
* Return: the current netlink port ID in a vendor command handler.
*
* Context: May only be called from a vendor command handler
*/
unsigned int cfg80211_vendor_cmd_get_sender(struct wiphy *wiphy);
/**
* cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc - allocate vendor-specific event skb
* @wiphy: the wiphy
* @wdev: the wireless device
* @event_idx: index of the vendor event in the wiphy's vendor_events
* @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will
* be put into the skb
* @gfp: allocation flags
*
* This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for an event on the
* vendor-specific multicast group.
*
* If wdev != NULL, both the ifindex and identifier of the specified
* wireless device are added to the event message before the vendor data
* attribute.
*
* When done filling the skb, call cfg80211_vendor_event() with the
* skb to send the event.
*
* Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen.
*/
static inline struct sk_buff *
cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
int approxlen, int event_idx, gfp_t gfp)
{
return __cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(wiphy, wdev, NL80211_CMD_VENDOR,
NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA,
0, event_idx, approxlen, gfp);
}
/**
* cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc_ucast - alloc unicast vendor-specific event skb
* @wiphy: the wiphy
* @wdev: the wireless device
* @event_idx: index of the vendor event in the wiphy's vendor_events
* @portid: port ID of the receiver
* @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will
* be put into the skb
* @gfp: allocation flags
*
* This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for an event to send to
* a specific (userland) socket. This socket would previously have been
* obtained by cfg80211_vendor_cmd_get_sender(), and the caller MUST take
* care to register a netlink notifier to see when the socket closes.
*
* If wdev != NULL, both the ifindex and identifier of the specified
* wireless device are added to the event message before the vendor data
* attribute.
*
* When done filling the skb, call cfg80211_vendor_event() with the
* skb to send the event.
*
* Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen.
*/
static inline struct sk_buff *
cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc_ucast(struct wiphy *wiphy,
struct wireless_dev *wdev,
unsigned int portid, int approxlen,
int event_idx, gfp_t gfp)
{
return __cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(wiphy, wdev, NL80211_CMD_VENDOR,
NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA,
portid, event_idx, approxlen, gfp);
}
/**
* cfg80211_vendor_event - send the event
* @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc()
* @gfp: allocation flags
*
* This function sends the given @skb, which must have been allocated
* by cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc(), as an event. It always consumes it.
*/
static inline void cfg80211_vendor_event(struct sk_buff *skb, gfp_t gfp)
{
__cfg80211_send_event_skb(skb, gfp);
}
#ifdef CONFIG_NL80211_TESTMODE
/**
* DOC: Test mode
*
* Test mode is a set of utility functions to allow drivers to
* interact with driver-specific tools to aid, for instance,
* factory programming.
*
* This chapter describes how drivers interact with it. For more
* information see the nl80211 book's chapter on it.
*/
/**
* cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb - allocate testmode reply
* @wiphy: the wiphy
* @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will
* be put into the skb
*
* This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for a reply to
* the testmode command. Since it is intended for a reply, calling
* it outside of the @testmode_cmd operation is invalid.
*
* The returned skb is pre-filled with the wiphy index and set up in
* a way that any data that is put into the skb (with skb_put(),
* nla_put() or similar) will end up being within the
* %NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA attribute, so all that needs to be done
* with the skb is adding data for the corresponding userspace tool
* which can then read that data out of the testdata attribute. You
* must not modify the skb in any other way.
*
* When done, call cfg80211_testmode_reply() with the skb and return
* its error code as the result of the @testmode_cmd operation.
*
* Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen.
*/
static inline struct sk_buff *
cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, int approxlen)
{
return __cfg80211_alloc_reply_skb(wiphy, NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE,
NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA, approxlen);
}
/**
* cfg80211_testmode_reply - send the reply skb
* @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with
* cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb()
*
* Since calling this function will usually be the last thing
* before returning from the @testmode_cmd you should return
* the error code. Note that this function consumes the skb
* regardless of the return value.
*
* Return: An error code or 0 on success.
*/
static inline int cfg80211_testmode_reply(struct sk_buff *skb)
{
return cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply(skb);
}
/**
* cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb - allocate testmode event
* @wiphy: the wiphy
* @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will
* be put into the skb
* @gfp: allocation flags
*
* This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for an event on the
* testmode multicast group.
*
* The returned skb is set up in the same way as with
* cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb() but prepared for an event. As
* there, you should simply add data to it that will then end up in the
* %NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA attribute. Again, you must not modify the skb
* in any other way.
*
* When done filling the skb, call cfg80211_testmode_event() with the
* skb to send the event.
*
* Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen.
*/
static inline struct sk_buff *
cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, int approxlen, gfp_t gfp)
{
return __cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(wiphy, NULL, NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE,
NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA, 0, -1,
approxlen, gfp);
}
/**
* cfg80211_testmode_event - send the event
* @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with
* cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb()
* @gfp: allocation flags
*
* This function sends the given @skb, which must have been allocated
* by cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb(), as an event. It always
* consumes it.
*/
static inline void cfg80211_testmode_event(struct sk_buff *skb, gfp_t gfp)
{
__cfg80211_send_event_skb(skb, gfp);
}
#define CFG80211_TESTMODE_CMD(cmd) .testmode_cmd = (cmd),
#define CFG80211_TESTMODE_DUMP(cmd) .testmode_dump = (cmd),
#else
#define CFG80211_TESTMODE_CMD(cmd)
#define CFG80211_TESTMODE_DUMP(cmd)
#endif
/**
* struct cfg80211_fils_resp_params - FILS connection response params
* @kek: KEK derived from a successful FILS connection (may be %NULL)
* @kek_len: Length of @fils_kek in octets
* @update_erp_next_seq_num: Boolean value to specify whether the value in
* @erp_next_seq_num is valid.
* @erp_next_seq_num: The next sequence number to use in ERP message in
* FILS Authentication. This value should be specified irrespective of the
* status for a FILS connection.
* @pmk: A new PMK if derived from a successful FILS connection (may be %NULL).
* @pmk_len: Length of @pmk in octets
* @pmkid: A new PMKID if derived from a successful FILS connection or the PMKID
* used for this FILS connection (may be %NULL).
*/
struct cfg80211_fils_resp_params {
const u8 *kek;
size_t kek_len;
bool update_erp_next_seq_num;
u16 erp_next_seq_num;
const u8 *pmk;
size_t pmk_len;
const u8 *pmkid;
};
/**
* struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params - Connection response params
* @status: Status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful connection, use
* %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if your device cannot give you
* the real status code for failures. If this call is used to report a
* failure due to a timeout (e.g., not receiving an Authentication frame
* from the AP) instead of an explicit rejection by the AP, -1 is used to
* indicate that this is a failure, but without a status code.
* @timeout_reason is used to report the reason for the timeout in that
* case.
* @req_ie: Association request IEs (may be %NULL)
* @req_ie_len: Association request IEs length
* @resp_ie: Association response IEs (may be %NULL)
* @resp_ie_len: Association response IEs length
* @fils: FILS connection response parameters.
* @timeout_reason: Reason for connection timeout. This is used when the
* connection fails due to a timeout instead of an explicit rejection from
* the AP. %NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED is used when the timeout reason is
* not known. This value is used only if @status < 0 to indicate that the
* failure is due to a timeout and not due to explicit rejection by the AP.
* This value is ignored in other cases (@status >= 0).
* @valid_links: For MLO connection, BIT mask of the valid link ids. Otherwise
* zero.
* @ap_mld_addr: For MLO connection, MLD address of the AP. Otherwise %NULL.
* @links : For MLO connection, contains link info for the valid links indicated
* using @valid_links. For non-MLO connection, links[0] contains the
* connected AP info.
* @links.addr: For MLO connection, MAC address of the STA link. Otherwise
* %NULL.
* @links.bssid: For MLO connection, MAC address of the AP link. For non-MLO
* connection, links[0].bssid points to the BSSID of the AP (may be %NULL).
* @links.bss: For MLO connection, entry of bss to which STA link is connected.
* For non-MLO connection, links[0].bss points to entry of bss to which STA
* is connected. It can be obtained through cfg80211_get_bss() (may be
* %NULL). It is recommended to store the bss from the connect_request and
* hold a reference to it and return through this param to avoid a warning
* if the bss is expired during the connection, esp. for those drivers
* implementing connect op. Only one parameter among @bssid and @bss needs
* to be specified.
* @links.status: per-link status code, to report a status code that's not
* %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for a given link, it must also be in the
* @valid_links bitmap and may have a BSS pointer (which is then released)
*/
struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params {
int status;
const u8 *req_ie;
size_t req_ie_len;
const u8 *resp_ie;
size_t resp_ie_len;
struct cfg80211_fils_resp_params fils;
enum nl80211_timeout_reason timeout_reason;
const u8 *ap_mld_addr;
u16 valid_links;
struct {
const u8 *addr;
const u8 *bssid;
struct cfg80211_bss *bss;
u16 status;
} links[IEEE80211_MLD_MAX_NUM_LINKS];
};
/**
* cfg80211_connect_done - notify cfg80211 of connection result
*
* @dev: network device
* @params: connection response parameters
* @gfp: allocation flags
*
* It should be called by the underlying driver once execution of the connection
* request from connect() has been completed. This is similar to
* cfg80211_connect_bss(), but takes a structure pointer for connection response
* parameters. Only one of the functions among cfg80211_connect_bss(),
* cfg80211_connect_result(), cfg80211_connect_timeout(),
* and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called.
*/
void cfg80211_connect_done(struct net_device *dev,
struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params *params,
gfp_t gfp);
/**
* cfg80211_connect_bss - notify cfg80211 of connection result
*
* @dev: network device
* @bssid: the BSSID of the AP
* @bss: Entry of bss to which STA got connected to, can be obtained through
* cfg80211_get_bss() (may be %NULL). But it is recommended to store the
* bss from the connect_request and hold a reference to it and return
* through this param to avoid a warning if the bss is expired during the
* connection, esp. for those drivers implementing connect op.
* Only one parameter among @bssid and @bss needs to be specified.
* @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL)
* @req_ie_len: association request IEs length
* @resp_ie: association response IEs (may be %NULL)
* @resp_ie_len: assoc response IEs length
* @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful connection, use
* %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if your device cannot give you
* the real status code for failures. If this call is used to report a
* failure due to a timeout (e.g., not receiving an Authentication frame
* from the AP) instead of an explicit rejection by the AP, -1 is used to
* indicate that this is a failure, but without a status code.
* @timeout_reason is used to report the reason for the timeout in that
* case.
* @gfp: allocation flags
* @timeout_reason: reason for connection timeout. This is used when the
* connection fails due to a timeout instead of an explicit rejection from
* the AP. %NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED is used when the timeout reason is
* not known. This value is used only if @status < 0 to indicate that the
* failure is due to a timeout and not due to explicit rejection by the AP.
* This value is ignored in other cases (@status >= 0).
*
* It should be called by the underlying driver once execution of the connection
* request from connect() has been completed. This is similar to
* cfg80211_connect_result(), but with the option of identifying the exact bss
* entry for the connection. Only one of the functions among
* cfg80211_connect_bss(), cfg80211_connect_result(),
* cfg80211_connect_timeout(), and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called.
*/
static inline void
cfg80211_connect_bss(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid,
struct cfg80211_bss *bss, const u8 *req_ie,
size_t req_ie_len, const u8 *resp_ie,
size_t resp_ie_len, int status, gfp_t gfp,
enum nl80211_timeout_reason timeout_reason)
{
struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params params;
memset(&params, 0, sizeof(params));
params.status = status;
params.links[0].bssid = bssid;
params.links[0].bss = bss;
params.req_ie = req_ie;
params.req_ie_len = req_ie_len;
params.resp_ie = resp_ie;
params.resp_ie_len = resp_ie_len;
params.timeout_reason = timeout_reason;
cfg80211_connect_done(dev, &params, gfp);
}
/**
* cfg80211_connect_result - notify cfg80211 of connection result
*
* @dev: network device
* @bssid: the BSSID of the AP
* @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL)
* @req_ie_len: association request IEs length
* @resp_ie: association response IEs (may be %NULL)
* @resp_ie_len: assoc response IEs length
* @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful connection, use
* %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if your device cannot give you
* the real status code for failures.
* @gfp: allocation flags
*
* It should be called by the underlying driver once execution of the connection
* request from connect() has been completed. This is similar to
* cfg80211_connect_bss() which allows the exact bss entry to be specified. Only
* one of the functions among cfg80211_connect_bss(), cfg80211_connect_result(),
* cfg80211_connect_timeout(), and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called.
*/
static inline void
cfg80211_connect_result(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid,
const u8 *req_ie, size_t req_ie_len,
const u8 *resp_ie, size_t resp_ie_len,
u16 status, gfp_t gfp)
{
cfg80211_connect_bss(dev, bssid, NULL, req_ie, req_ie_len, resp_ie,
resp_ie_len, status, gfp,
NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED);
}
/**
* cfg80211_connect_timeout - notify cfg80211 of connection timeout
*
* @dev: network device
* @bssid: the BSSID of the AP
* @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL)
* @req_ie_len: association request IEs length
* @gfp: allocation flags
* @timeout_reason: reason for connection timeout.
*
* It should be called by the underlying driver whenever connect() has failed
* in a sequence where no explicit authentication/association rejection was
* received from the AP. This could happen, e.g., due to not being able to send
* out the Authentication or Association Request frame or timing out while
* waiting for the response. Only one of the functions among
* cfg80211_connect_bss(), cfg80211_connect_result(),
* cfg80211_connect_timeout(), and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called.
*/
static inline void
cfg80211_connect_timeout(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid,
const u8 *req_ie, size_t req_ie_len, gfp_t gfp,
enum nl80211_timeout_reason timeout_reason)
{
cfg80211_connect_bss(dev, bssid, NULL, req_ie, req_ie_len, NULL, 0, -1,
gfp, timeout_reason);
}
/**
* struct cfg80211_roam_info - driver initiated roaming information
*
* @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL)
* @req_ie_len: association request IEs length
* @resp_ie: association response IEs (may be %NULL)
* @resp_ie_len: assoc response IEs length
* @fils: FILS related roaming information.
* @valid_links: For MLO roaming, BIT mask of the new valid links is set.
* Otherwise zero.
* @ap_mld_addr: For MLO roaming, MLD address of the new AP. Otherwise %NULL.
* @links : For MLO roaming, contains new link info for the valid links set in
* @valid_links. For non-MLO roaming, links[0] contains the new AP info.
* @links.addr: For MLO roaming, MAC address of the STA link. Otherwise %NULL.
* @links.bssid: For MLO roaming, MAC address of the new AP link. For non-MLO
* roaming, links[0].bssid points to the BSSID of the new AP. May be
* %NULL if %links.bss is set.
* @links.channel: the channel of the new AP.
* @links.bss: For MLO roaming, entry of new bss to which STA link got
* roamed. For non-MLO roaming, links[0].bss points to entry of bss to
* which STA got roamed (may be %NULL if %links.bssid is set)
*/
struct cfg80211_roam_info {
const u8 *req_ie;
size_t req_ie_len;
const u8 *resp_ie;
size_t resp_ie_len;
struct cfg80211_fils_resp_params fils;
const u8 *ap_mld_addr;
u16 valid_links;
struct {
const u8 *addr;
const u8 *bssid;
struct ieee80211_channel *channel;
struct cfg80211_bss *bss;
} links[IEEE80211_MLD_MAX_NUM_LINKS];
};
/**
* cfg80211_roamed - notify cfg80211 of roaming
*
* @dev: network device
* @info: information about the new BSS. struct &cfg80211_roam_info.
* @gfp: allocation flags
*
* This function may be called with the driver passing either the BSSID of the
* new AP or passing the bss entry to avoid a race in timeout of the bss entry.
* It should be called by the underlying driver whenever it roamed from one AP
* to another while connected. Drivers which have roaming implemented in
* firmware should pass the bss entry to avoid a race in bss entry timeout where
* the bss entry of the new AP is seen in the driver, but gets timed out by the
* time it is accessed in __cfg80211_roamed() due to delay in scheduling
* rdev->event_work. In case of any failures, the reference is released
* either in cfg80211_roamed() or in __cfg80211_romed(), Otherwise, it will be
* released while disconnecting from the current bss.
*/
void cfg80211_roamed(struct net_device *dev, struct cfg80211_roam_info *info,
gfp_t gfp);
/**
* cfg80211_port_authorized - notify cfg80211 of successful security association
*
* @dev: network device
* @peer_addr: BSSID of the AP/P2P GO in case of STA/GC or STA/GC MAC address
* in case of AP/P2P GO
* @td_bitmap: transition disable policy
* @td_bitmap_len: Length of transition disable policy
* @gfp: allocation flags
*
* This function should be called by a driver that supports 4 way handshake
* offload after a security association was successfully established (i.e.,
* the 4 way handshake was completed successfully). The call to this function
* should be preceded with a call to cfg80211_connect_result(),
* cfg80211_connect_done(), cfg80211_connect_bss() or cfg80211_roamed() to
* indicate the 802.11 association.
* This function can also be called by AP/P2P GO driver that supports
* authentication offload. In this case the peer_mac passed is that of
* associated STA/GC.
*/
void cfg80211_port_authorized(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *peer_addr,
const u8* td_bitmap, u8 td_bitmap_len, gfp_t gfp);
/**
* cfg80211_disconnected - notify cfg80211 that connection was dropped
*
* @dev: network device
* @ie: information elements of the deauth/disassoc frame (may be %NULL)
* @ie_len: length of IEs
* @reason: reason code for the disconnection, set it to 0 if unknown
* @locally_generated: disconnection was requested locally
* @gfp: allocation flags
*
* After it calls this function, the driver should enter an idle state
* and not try to connect to any AP any more.
*/
void cfg80211_disconnected(struct net_device *dev, u16 reason,
const u8 *ie, size_t ie_len,
bool locally_generated, gfp_t gfp);
/**
* cfg80211_ready_on_channel - notification of remain_on_channel start
* @wdev: wireless device
* @cookie: the request cookie
* @chan: The current channel (from remain_on_channel request)
* @duration: Duration in milliseconds that the driver intents to remain on the
* channel
* @gfp: allocation flags
*/
void cfg80211_ready_on_channel(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie,
struct ieee80211_channel *chan,
unsigned int duration, gfp_t gfp);
/**
* cfg80211_remain_on_channel_expired - remain_on_channel duration expired
* @wdev: wireless device
* @cookie: the request cookie
* @chan: The current channel (from remain_on_channel request)
* @gfp: allocation flags
*/
void cfg80211_remain_on_channel_expired(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie,
struct ieee80211_channel *chan,
gfp_t gfp);
/**
* cfg80211_tx_mgmt_expired - tx_mgmt duration expired
* @wdev: wireless device
* @cookie: the requested cookie
* @chan: The current channel (from tx_mgmt request)
* @gfp: allocation flags
*/
void cfg80211_tx_mgmt_expired(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie,
struct ieee80211_channel *chan, gfp_t gfp);
/**
* cfg80211_sinfo_alloc_tid_stats - allocate per-tid statistics.
*
* @sinfo: the station information
* @gfp: allocation flags
*
* Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error.
*/
int cfg80211_sinfo_alloc_tid_stats(struct station_info *sinfo, gfp_t gfp);
/**
* cfg80211_sinfo_release_content - release contents of station info
* @sinfo: the station information
*
* Releases any potentially allocated sub-information of the station
* information, but not the struct itself (since it's typically on
* the stack.)
*/
static inline void cfg80211_sinfo_release_content(struct station_info *sinfo)
{
kfree(sinfo->pertid);
}
/**
* cfg80211_new_sta - notify userspace about station
*
* @dev: the netdev
* @mac_addr: the station's address
* @sinfo: the station information
* @gfp: allocation flags
*/
void cfg80211_new_sta(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr,
struct station_info *sinfo, gfp_t gfp);
/**
* cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo - notify userspace about deletion of a station
* @dev: the netdev
* @mac_addr: the station's address. For MLD station, MLD address is used.
* @sinfo: the station information/statistics
* @gfp: allocation flags
*/
void cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr,
struct station_info *sinfo, gfp_t gfp);
/**
* cfg80211_del_sta - notify userspace about deletion of a station
*
* @dev: the netdev
* @mac_addr: the station's address. For MLD station, MLD address is used.
* @gfp: allocation flags
*/
static inline void cfg80211_del_sta(struct net_device *dev,
const u8 *mac_addr, gfp_t gfp)
{
cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo(dev, mac_addr, NULL, gfp);
}
/**
* cfg80211_conn_failed - connection request failed notification
*
* @dev: the netdev
* @mac_addr: the station's address
* @reason: the reason for connection failure
* @gfp: allocation flags
*
* Whenever a station tries to connect to an AP and if the station
* could not connect to the AP as the AP has rejected the connection
* for some reasons, this function is called.
*
* The reason for connection failure can be any of the value from
* nl80211_connect_failed_reason enum
*/
void cfg80211_conn_failed(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr,
enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason reason,
gfp_t gfp);
/**
* struct cfg80211_rx_info - received management frame info
*
* @freq: Frequency on which the frame was received in kHz
* @sig_dbm: signal strength in dBm, or 0 if unknown
* @have_link_id: indicates the frame was received on a link of
* an MLD, i.e. the @link_id field is valid
* @link_id: the ID of the link the frame was received on
* @buf: Management frame (header + body)
* @len: length of the frame data
* @flags: flags, as defined in &enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags
* @rx_tstamp: Hardware timestamp of frame RX in nanoseconds
* @ack_tstamp: Hardware timestamp of ack TX in nanoseconds
*/
struct cfg80211_rx_info {
int freq;
int sig_dbm;
bool have_link_id;
u8 link_id;
const u8 *buf;
size_t len;
u32 flags;
u64 rx_tstamp;
u64 ack_tstamp;
};
/**
* cfg80211_rx_mgmt_ext - management frame notification with extended info
* @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame
* @info: RX info as defined in struct cfg80211_rx_info
*
* This function is called whenever an Action frame is received for a station
* mode interface, but is not processed in kernel.
*
* Return: %true if a user space application has registered for this frame.
* For action frames, that makes it responsible for rejecting unrecognized
* action frames; %false otherwise, in which case for action frames the
* driver is responsible for rejecting the frame.
*/
bool cfg80211_rx_mgmt_ext(struct wireless_dev *wdev,
struct cfg80211_rx_info *info);
/**
* cfg80211_rx_mgmt_khz - notification of received, unprocessed management frame
* @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame
* @freq: Frequency on which the frame was received in KHz
* @sig_dbm: signal strength in dBm, or 0 if unknown
* @buf: Management frame (header + body)
* @len: length of the frame data
* @flags: flags, as defined in enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags
*
* This function is called whenever an Action frame is received for a station
* mode interface, but is not processed in kernel.
*
* Return: %true if a user space application has registered for this frame.
* For action frames, that makes it responsible for rejecting unrecognized
* action frames; %false otherwise, in which case for action frames the
* driver is responsible for rejecting the frame.
*/
static inline bool cfg80211_rx_mgmt_khz(struct wireless_dev *wdev, int freq,
int sig_dbm, const u8 *buf, size_t len,
u32 flags)
{
struct cfg80211_rx_info info = {
.freq = freq,
.sig_dbm = sig_dbm,
.buf = buf,
.len = len,
.flags = flags
};
return cfg80211_rx_mgmt_ext(wdev, &info);
}
/**
* cfg80211_rx_mgmt - notification of received, unprocessed management frame
* @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame
* @freq: Frequency on which the frame was received in MHz
* @sig_dbm: signal strength in dBm, or 0 if unknown
* @buf: Management frame (header + body)
* @len: length of the frame data
* @flags: flags, as defined in enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags
*
* This function is called whenever an Action frame is received for a station
* mode interface, but is not processed in kernel.
*
* Return: %true if a user space application has registered for this frame.
* For action frames, that makes it responsible for rejecting unrecognized
* action frames; %false otherwise, in which case for action frames the
* driver is responsible for rejecting the frame.
*/
static inline bool cfg80211_rx_mgmt(struct wireless_dev *wdev, int freq,
int sig_dbm, const u8 *buf, size_t len,
u32 flags)
{
struct cfg80211_rx_info info = {
.freq = MHZ_TO_KHZ(freq),
.sig_dbm = sig_dbm,
.buf = buf,
.len = len,
.flags = flags
};
return cfg80211_rx_mgmt_ext(wdev, &info);
}
/**
* struct cfg80211_tx_status - TX status for management frame information
*
* @cookie: Cookie returned by cfg80211_ops::mgmt_tx()
* @tx_tstamp: hardware TX timestamp in nanoseconds
* @ack_tstamp: hardware ack RX timestamp in nanoseconds
* @buf: Management frame (header + body)
* @len: length of the frame data
* @ack: Whether frame was acknowledged
*/
struct cfg80211_tx_status {
u64 cookie;
u64 tx_tstamp;
u64 ack_tstamp;
const u8 *buf;
size_t len;
bool ack;
};
/**
* cfg80211_mgmt_tx_status_ext - TX status notification with extended info
* @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame
* @status: TX status data
* @gfp: context flags
*
* This function is called whenever a management frame was requested to be
* transmitted with cfg80211_ops::mgmt_tx() to report the TX status of the
* transmission attempt with extended info.
*/
void cfg80211_mgmt_tx_status_ext(struct wireless_dev *wdev,
struct cfg80211_tx_status *status, gfp_t gfp);
/**
* cfg80211_mgmt_tx_status - notification of TX status for management frame
* @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame
* @cookie: Cookie returned by cfg80211_ops::mgmt_tx()
* @buf: Management frame (header + body)
* @len: length of the frame data
* @ack: Whether frame was acknowledged
* @gfp: context flags
*
* This function is called whenever a management frame was requested to be
* transmitted with cfg80211_ops::mgmt_tx() to report the TX status of the
* transmission attempt.
*/
static inline void cfg80211_mgmt_tx_status(struct wireless_dev *wdev,
u64 cookie, const u8 *buf,
size_t len, bool ack, gfp_t gfp)
{
struct cfg80211_tx_status status = {
.cookie = cookie,
.buf = buf,
.len = len,
.ack = ack
};
cfg80211_mgmt_tx_status_ext(wdev, &status, gfp);
}
/**
* cfg80211_control_port_tx_status - notification of TX status for control
* port frames
* @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame
* @cookie: Cookie returned by cfg80211_ops::tx_control_port()
* @buf: Data frame (header + body)
* @len: length of the frame data
* @ack: Whether frame was acknowledged
* @gfp: context flags
*
* This function is called whenever a control port frame was requested to be
* transmitted with cfg80211_ops::tx_control_port() to report the TX status of
* the transmission attempt.
*/
void cfg80211_control_port_tx_status(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie,
const u8 *buf, size_t len, bool ack,
gfp_t gfp);
/**
* cfg80211_rx_control_port - notification about a received control port frame
* @dev: The device the frame matched to
* @skb: The skbuf with the control port frame. It is assumed that the skbuf
* is 802.3 formatted (with 802.3 header). The skb can be non-linear.
* This function does not take ownership of the skb, so the caller is
* responsible for any cleanup. The caller must also ensure that
* skb->protocol is set appropriately.
* @unencrypted: Whether the frame was received unencrypted
* @link_id: the link the frame was received on, -1 if not applicable or unknown
*
* This function is used to inform userspace about a received control port
* frame. It should only be used if userspace indicated it wants to receive
* control port frames over nl80211.
*
* The frame is the data portion of the 802.3 or 802.11 data frame with all
* network layer headers removed (e.g. the raw EAPoL frame).
*
* Return: %true if the frame was passed to userspace
*/
bool cfg80211_rx_control_port(struct net_device *dev, struct sk_buff *skb,
bool unencrypted, int link_id);
/**
* cfg80211_cqm_rssi_notify - connection quality monitoring rssi event
* @dev: network device
* @rssi_event: the triggered RSSI event
* @rssi_level: new RSSI level value or 0 if not available
* @gfp: context flags
*
* This function is called when a configured connection quality monitoring
* rssi threshold reached event occurs.
*/
void cfg80211_cqm_rssi_notify(struct net_device *dev,
enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event rssi_event,
s32 rssi_level, gfp_t gfp);
/**
* cfg80211_cqm_pktloss_notify - notify userspace about packetloss to peer
* @dev: network device
* @peer: peer's MAC address
* @num_packets: how many packets were lost -- should be a fixed threshold
* but probably no less than maybe 50, or maybe a throughput dependent
* threshold (to account for temporary interference)
* @gfp: context flags
*/
void cfg80211_cqm_pktloss_notify(struct net_device *dev,
const u8 *peer, u32 num_packets, gfp_t gfp);
/**
* cfg80211_cqm_txe_notify - TX error rate event
* @dev: network device
* @peer: peer's MAC address
* @num_packets: how many packets were lost
* @rate: % of packets which failed transmission
* @intvl: interval (in s) over which the TX failure threshold was breached.
* @gfp: context flags
*
* Notify userspace when configured % TX failures over number of packets in a
* given interval is exceeded.
*/
void cfg80211_cqm_txe_notify(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *peer,
u32 num_packets, u32 rate, u32 intvl, gfp_t gfp);
/**
* cfg80211_cqm_beacon_loss_notify - beacon loss event
* @dev: network device
* @gfp: context flags
*
* Notify userspace about beacon loss from the connected AP.
*/
void cfg80211_cqm_beacon_loss_notify(struct net_device *dev, gfp_t gfp);
/**
* __cfg80211_radar_event - radar detection event
* @wiphy: the wiphy
* @chandef: chandef for the current channel
* @offchan: the radar has been detected on the offchannel chain
* @gfp: context flags
*
* This function is called when a radar is detected on the current chanenl.
*/
void __cfg80211_radar_event(struct wiphy *wiphy,
struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
bool offchan, gfp_t gfp);
static inline void
cfg80211_radar_event(struct wiphy *wiphy,
struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
gfp_t gfp)
{
__cfg80211_radar_event(wiphy, chandef, false, gfp);
}
static inline void
cfg80211_background_radar_event(struct wiphy *wiphy,
struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
gfp_t gfp)
{
__cfg80211_radar_event(wiphy, chandef, true, gfp);
}
/**
* cfg80211_sta_opmode_change_notify - STA's ht/vht operation mode change event
* @dev: network device
* @mac: MAC address of a station which opmode got modified
* @sta_opmode: station's current opmode value
* @gfp: context flags
*
* Driver should call this function when station's opmode modified via action
* frame.
*/
void cfg80211_sta_opmode_change_notify(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac,
struct sta_opmode_info *sta_opmode,
gfp_t gfp);
/**
* cfg80211_cac_event - Channel availability check (CAC) event
* @netdev: network device
* @chandef: chandef for the current channel
* @event: type of event
* @gfp: context flags
*
* This function is called when a Channel availability check (CAC) is finished
* or aborted. This must be called to notify the completion of a CAC process,
* also by full-MAC drivers.
*/
void cfg80211_cac_event(struct net_device *netdev,
const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
enum nl80211_radar_event event, gfp_t gfp);
/**
* cfg80211_background_cac_abort - Channel Availability Check offchan abort event
* @wiphy: the wiphy
*
* This function is called by the driver when a Channel Availability Check
* (CAC) is aborted by a offchannel dedicated chain.
*/
void cfg80211_background_cac_abort(struct wiphy *wiphy);
/**
* cfg80211_gtk_rekey_notify - notify userspace about driver rekeying
* @dev: network device
* @bssid: BSSID of AP (to avoid races)
* @replay_ctr: new replay counter
* @gfp: allocation flags
*/
void cfg80211_gtk_rekey_notify(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid,
const u8 *replay_ctr, gfp_t gfp);
/**
* cfg80211_pmksa_candidate_notify - notify about PMKSA caching candidate
* @dev: network device
* @index: candidate index (the smaller the index, the higher the priority)
* @bssid: BSSID of AP
* @preauth: Whether AP advertises support for RSN pre-authentication
* @gfp: allocation flags
*/
void cfg80211_pmksa_candidate_notify(struct net_device *dev, int index,
const u8 *bssid, bool preauth, gfp_t gfp);
/**
* cfg80211_rx_spurious_frame - inform userspace about a spurious frame
* @dev: The device the frame matched to
* @addr: the transmitter address
* @gfp: context flags
*
* This function is used in AP mode (only!) to inform userspace that
* a spurious class 3 frame was received, to be able to deauth the
* sender.
* Return: %true if the frame was passed to userspace (or this failed
* for a reason other than not having a subscription.)
*/
bool cfg80211_rx_spurious_frame(struct net_device *dev,
const u8 *addr, gfp_t gfp);
/**
* cfg80211_rx_unexpected_4addr_frame - inform about unexpected WDS frame
* @dev: The device the frame matched to
* @addr: the transmitter address
* @gfp: context flags
*
* This function is used in AP mode (only!) to inform userspace that
* an associated station sent a 4addr frame but that wasn't expected.
* It is allowed and desirable to send this event only once for each
* station to avoid event flooding.
* Return: %true if the frame was passed to userspace (or this failed
* for a reason other than not having a subscription.)
*/
bool cfg80211_rx_unexpected_4addr_frame(struct net_device *dev,
const u8 *addr, gfp_t gfp);
/**
* cfg80211_probe_status - notify userspace about probe status
* @dev: the device the probe was sent on
* @addr: the address of the peer
* @cookie: the cookie filled in @probe_client previously
* @acked: indicates whether probe was acked or not
* @ack_signal: signal strength (in dBm) of the ACK frame.
* @is_valid_ack_signal: indicates the ack_signal is valid or not.
* @gfp: allocation flags
*/
void cfg80211_probe_status(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr,
u64 cookie, bool acked, s32 ack_signal,
bool is_valid_ack_signal, gfp_t gfp);
/**
* cfg80211_report_obss_beacon_khz - report beacon from other APs
* @wiphy: The wiphy that received the beacon
* @frame: the frame
* @len: length of the frame
* @freq: frequency the frame was received on in KHz
* @sig_dbm: signal strength in dBm, or 0 if unknown
*
* Use this function to report to userspace when a beacon was
* received. It is not useful to call this when there is no
* netdev that is in AP/GO mode.
*/
void cfg80211_report_obss_beacon_khz(struct wiphy *wiphy, const u8 *frame,
size_t len, int freq, int sig_dbm);
/**
* cfg80211_report_obss_beacon - report beacon from other APs
* @wiphy: The wiphy that received the beacon
* @frame: the frame
* @len: length of the frame
* @freq: frequency the frame was received on
* @sig_dbm: signal strength in dBm, or 0 if unknown
*
* Use this function to report to userspace when a beacon was
* received. It is not useful to call this when there is no
* netdev that is in AP/GO mode.
*/
static inline void cfg80211_report_obss_beacon(struct wiphy *wiphy,
const u8 *frame, size_t len,
int freq, int sig_dbm)
{
cfg80211_report_obss_beacon_khz(wiphy, frame, len, MHZ_TO_KHZ(freq),
sig_dbm);
}
/**
* cfg80211_reg_can_beacon - check if beaconing is allowed
* @wiphy: the wiphy
* @chandef: the channel definition
* @iftype: interface type
*
* Return: %true if there is no secondary channel or the secondary channel(s)
* can be used for beaconing (i.e. is not a radar channel etc.)
*/
bool cfg80211_reg_can_beacon(struct wiphy *wiphy,
struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
enum nl80211_iftype iftype);
/**
* cfg80211_reg_can_beacon_relax - check if beaconing is allowed with relaxation
* @wiphy: the wiphy
* @chandef: the channel definition
* @iftype: interface type
*
* Return: %true if there is no secondary channel or the secondary channel(s)
* can be used for beaconing (i.e. is not a radar channel etc.). This version
* also checks if IR-relaxation conditions apply, to allow beaconing under
* more permissive conditions.
*
* Context: Requires the wiphy mutex to be held.
*/
bool cfg80211_reg_can_beacon_relax(struct wiphy *wiphy,
struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
enum nl80211_iftype iftype);
/**
* cfg80211_ch_switch_notify - update wdev channel and notify userspace
* @dev: the device which switched channels
* @chandef: the new channel definition
* @link_id: the link ID for MLO, must be 0 for non-MLO
*
* Caller must hold wiphy mutex, therefore must only be called from sleepable
* driver context!
*/
void cfg80211_ch_switch_notify(struct net_device *dev,
struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
unsigned int link_id);
/**
* cfg80211_ch_switch_started_notify - notify channel switch start
* @dev: the device on which the channel switch started
* @chandef: the future channel definition
* @link_id: the link ID for MLO, must be 0 for non-MLO
* @count: the number of TBTTs until the channel switch happens
* @quiet: whether or not immediate quiet was requested by the AP
*
* Inform the userspace about the channel switch that has just
* started, so that it can take appropriate actions (eg. starting
* channel switch on other vifs), if necessary.
*/
void cfg80211_ch_switch_started_notify(struct net_device *dev,
struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
unsigned int link_id, u8 count,
bool quiet);
/**
* ieee80211_operating_class_to_band - convert operating class to band
*
* @operating_class: the operating class to convert
* @band: band pointer to fill
*
* Return: %true if the conversion was successful, %false otherwise.
*/
bool ieee80211_operating_class_to_band(u8 operating_class,
enum nl80211_band *band);
/**
* ieee80211_operating_class_to_chandef - convert operating class to chandef
*
* @operating_class: the operating class to convert
* @chan: the ieee80211_channel to convert
* @chandef: a pointer to the resulting chandef
*
* Return: %true if the conversion was successful, %false otherwise.
*/
bool ieee80211_operating_class_to_chandef(u8 operating_class,
struct ieee80211_channel *chan,
struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef);
/**
* ieee80211_chandef_to_operating_class - convert chandef to operation class
*
* @chandef: the chandef to convert
* @op_class: a pointer to the resulting operating class
*
* Return: %true if the conversion was successful, %false otherwise.
*/
bool ieee80211_chandef_to_operating_class(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
u8 *op_class);
/**
* ieee80211_chandef_to_khz - convert chandef to frequency in KHz
*
* @chandef: the chandef to convert
*
* Return: the center frequency of chandef (1st segment) in KHz.
*/
static inline u32
ieee80211_chandef_to_khz(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef)
{
return MHZ_TO_KHZ(chandef->center_freq1) + chandef->freq1_offset;
}
/**
* cfg80211_tdls_oper_request - request userspace to perform TDLS operation
* @dev: the device on which the operation is requested
* @peer: the MAC address of the peer device
* @oper: the requested TDLS operation (NL80211_TDLS_SETUP or
* NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN)
* @reason_code: the reason code for teardown request
* @gfp: allocation flags
*
* This function is used to request userspace to perform TDLS operation that
* requires knowledge of keys, i.e., link setup or teardown when the AP
* connection uses encryption. This is optional mechanism for the driver to use
* if it can automatically determine when a TDLS link could be useful (e.g.,
* based on traffic and signal strength for a peer).
*/
void cfg80211_tdls_oper_request(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *peer,
enum nl80211_tdls_operation oper,
u16 reason_code, gfp_t gfp);
/**
* cfg80211_calculate_bitrate - calculate actual bitrate (in 100Kbps units)
* @rate: given rate_info to calculate bitrate from
*
* Return: calculated bitrate
*/
u32 cfg80211_calculate_bitrate(struct rate_info *rate);
/**
* cfg80211_unregister_wdev - remove the given wdev
* @wdev: struct wireless_dev to remove
*
* This function removes the device so it can no longer be used. It is necessary
* to call this function even when cfg80211 requests the removal of the device
* by calling the del_virtual_intf() callback. The function must also be called
* when the driver wishes to unregister the wdev, e.g. when the hardware device
* is unbound from the driver.
*
* Context: Requires the RTNL and wiphy mutex to be held.
*/
void cfg80211_unregister_wdev(struct wireless_dev *wdev);
/**
* cfg80211_register_netdevice - register the given netdev
* @dev: the netdev to register
*
* Note: In contexts coming from cfg80211 callbacks, you must call this rather
* than register_netdevice(), unregister_netdev() is impossible as the RTNL is
* held. Otherwise, both register_netdevice() and register_netdev() are usable
* instead as well.
*
* Context: Requires the RTNL and wiphy mutex to be held.
*
* Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error.
*/
int cfg80211_register_netdevice(struct net_device *dev);
/**
* cfg80211_unregister_netdevice - unregister the given netdev
* @dev: the netdev to register
*
* Note: In contexts coming from cfg80211 callbacks, you must call this rather
* than unregister_netdevice(), unregister_netdev() is impossible as the RTNL
* is held. Otherwise, both unregister_netdevice() and unregister_netdev() are
* usable instead as well.
*
* Context: Requires the RTNL and wiphy mutex to be held.
*/
static inline void cfg80211_unregister_netdevice(struct net_device *dev)
{
#if IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_CFG80211)
cfg80211_unregister_wdev(dev->ieee80211_ptr);
#endif
}
/**
* struct cfg80211_ft_event_params - FT Information Elements
* @ies: FT IEs
* @ies_len: length of the FT IE in bytes
* @target_ap: target AP's MAC address
* @ric_ies: RIC IE
* @ric_ies_len: length of the RIC IE in bytes
*/
struct cfg80211_ft_event_params {
const u8 *ies;
size_t ies_len;
const u8 *target_ap;
const u8 *ric_ies;
size_t ric_ies_len;
};
/**
* cfg80211_ft_event - notify userspace about FT IE and RIC IE
* @netdev: network device
* @ft_event: IE information
*/
void cfg80211_ft_event(struct net_device *netdev,
struct cfg80211_ft_event_params *ft_event);
/**
* cfg80211_get_p2p_attr - find and copy a P2P attribute from IE buffer
* @ies: the input IE buffer
* @len: the input length
* @attr: the attribute ID to find
* @buf: output buffer, can be %NULL if the data isn't needed, e.g.
* if the function is only called to get the needed buffer size
* @bufsize: size of the output buffer
*
* The function finds a given P2P attribute in the (vendor) IEs and
* copies its contents to the given buffer.
*
* Return: A negative error code (-%EILSEQ or -%ENOENT) if the data is
* malformed or the attribute can't be found (respectively), or the
* length of the found attribute (which can be zero).
*/
int cfg80211_get_p2p_attr(const u8 *ies, unsigned int len,
enum ieee80211_p2p_attr_id attr,
u8 *buf, unsigned int bufsize);
/**
* ieee80211_ie_split_ric - split an IE buffer according to ordering (with RIC)
* @ies: the IE buffer
* @ielen: the length of the IE buffer
* @ids: an array with element IDs that are allowed before
* the split. A WLAN_EID_EXTENSION value means that the next
* EID in the list is a sub-element of the EXTENSION IE.
* @n_ids: the size of the element ID array
* @after_ric: array IE types that come after the RIC element
* @n_after_ric: size of the @after_ric array
* @offset: offset where to start splitting in the buffer
*
* This function splits an IE buffer by updating the @offset
* variable to point to the location where the buffer should be
* split.
*
* It assumes that the given IE buffer is well-formed, this
* has to be guaranteed by the caller!
*
* It also assumes that the IEs in the buffer are ordered
* correctly, if not the result of using this function will not
* be ordered correctly either, i.e. it does no reordering.
*
* Return: The offset where the next part of the buffer starts, which
* may be @ielen if the entire (remainder) of the buffer should be
* used.
*/
size_t ieee80211_ie_split_ric(const u8 *ies, size_t ielen,
const u8 *ids, int n_ids,
const u8 *after_ric, int n_after_ric,
size_t offset);
/**
* ieee80211_ie_split - split an IE buffer according to ordering
* @ies: the IE buffer
* @ielen: the length of the IE buffer
* @ids: an array with element IDs that are allowed before
* the split. A WLAN_EID_EXTENSION value means that the next
* EID in the list is a sub-element of the EXTENSION IE.
* @n_ids: the size of the element ID array
* @offset: offset where to start splitting in the buffer
*
* This function splits an IE buffer by updating the @offset
* variable to point to the location where the buffer should be
* split.
*
* It assumes that the given IE buffer is well-formed, this
* has to be guaranteed by the caller!
*
* It also assumes that the IEs in the buffer are ordered
* correctly, if not the result of using this function will not
* be ordered correctly either, i.e. it does no reordering.
*
* Return: The offset where the next part of the buffer starts, which
* may be @ielen if the entire (remainder) of the buffer should be
* used.
*/
static inline size_t ieee80211_ie_split(const u8 *ies, size_t ielen,
const u8 *ids, int n_ids, size_t offset)
{
return ieee80211_ie_split_ric(ies, ielen, ids, n_ids, NULL, 0, offset);
}
/**
* ieee80211_fragment_element - fragment the last element in skb
* @skb: The skbuf that the element was added to
* @len_pos: Pointer to length of the element to fragment
* @frag_id: The element ID to use for fragments
*
* This function fragments all data after @len_pos, adding fragmentation
* elements with the given ID as appropriate. The SKB will grow in size
* accordingly.
*/
void ieee80211_fragment_element(struct sk_buff *skb, u8 *len_pos, u8 frag_id);
/**
* cfg80211_report_wowlan_wakeup - report wakeup from WoWLAN
* @wdev: the wireless device reporting the wakeup
* @wakeup: the wakeup report
* @gfp: allocation flags
*
* This function reports that the given device woke up. If it
* caused the wakeup, report the reason(s), otherwise you may
* pass %NULL as the @wakeup parameter to advertise that something
* else caused the wakeup.
*/
void cfg80211_report_wowlan_wakeup(struct wireless_dev *wdev,
struct cfg80211_wowlan_wakeup *wakeup,
gfp_t gfp);
/**
* cfg80211_crit_proto_stopped() - indicate critical protocol stopped by driver.
*
* @wdev: the wireless device for which critical protocol is stopped.
* @gfp: allocation flags
*
* This function can be called by the driver to indicate it has reverted
* operation back to normal. One reason could be that the duration given
* by .crit_proto_start() has expired.
*/
void cfg80211_crit_proto_stopped(struct wireless_dev *wdev, gfp_t gfp);
/**
* ieee80211_get_num_supported_channels - get number of channels device has
* @wiphy: the wiphy
*
* Return: the number of channels supported by the device.
*/
unsigned int ieee80211_get_num_supported_channels(struct wiphy *wiphy);
/**
* cfg80211_check_combinations - check interface combinations
*
* @wiphy: the wiphy
* @params: the interface combinations parameter
*
* This function can be called by the driver to check whether a
* combination of interfaces and their types are allowed according to
* the interface combinations.
*
* Return: 0 if combinations are allowed. Non-zero on error.
*/
int cfg80211_check_combinations(struct wiphy *wiphy,
struct iface_combination_params *params);
/**
* cfg80211_iter_combinations - iterate over matching combinations
*
* @wiphy: the wiphy
* @params: the interface combinations parameter
* @iter: function to call for each matching combination
* @data: pointer to pass to iter function
*
* This function can be called by the driver to check what possible
* combinations it fits in at a given moment, e.g. for channel switching
* purposes.
*
* Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error.
*/
int cfg80211_iter_combinations(struct wiphy *wiphy,
struct iface_combination_params *params,
void (*iter)(const struct ieee80211_iface_combination *c,
void *data),
void *data);
/**
* cfg80211_stop_iface - trigger interface disconnection
*
* @wiphy: the wiphy
* @wdev: wireless device
* @gfp: context flags
*
* Trigger interface to be stopped as if AP was stopped, IBSS/mesh left, STA
* disconnected.
*
* Note: This doesn't need any locks and is asynchronous.
*/
void cfg80211_stop_iface(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
gfp_t gfp);
/**
* cfg80211_shutdown_all_interfaces - shut down all interfaces for a wiphy
* @wiphy: the wiphy to shut down
*
* This function shuts down all interfaces belonging to this wiphy by
* calling dev_close() (and treating non-netdev interfaces as needed).
* It shouldn't really be used unless there are some fatal device errors
* that really can't be recovered in any other way.
*
* Callers must hold the RTNL and be able to deal with callbacks into
* the driver while the function is running.
*/
void cfg80211_shutdown_all_interfaces(struct wiphy *wiphy);
/**
* wiphy_ext_feature_set - set the extended feature flag
*
* @wiphy: the wiphy to modify.
* @ftidx: extended feature bit index.
*
* The extended features are flagged in multiple bytes (see
* &struct wiphy.@ext_features)
*/
static inline void wiphy_ext_feature_set(struct wiphy *wiphy,
enum nl80211_ext_feature_index ftidx)
{
u8 *ft_byte;
ft_byte = &wiphy->ext_features[ftidx / 8];
*ft_byte |= BIT(ftidx % 8);
}
/**
* wiphy_ext_feature_isset - check the extended feature flag
*
* @wiphy: the wiphy to modify.
* @ftidx: extended feature bit index.
*
* The extended features are flagged in multiple bytes (see
* &struct wiphy.@ext_features)
*
* Return: %true if extended feature flag is set, %false otherwise
*/
static inline bool
wiphy_ext_feature_isset(struct wiphy *wiphy,
enum nl80211_ext_feature_index ftidx)
{
u8 ft_byte;
ft_byte = wiphy->ext_features[ftidx / 8];
return (ft_byte & BIT(ftidx % 8)) != 0;
}
/**
* cfg80211_free_nan_func - free NAN function
* @f: NAN function that should be freed
*
* Frees all the NAN function and all it's allocated members.
*/
void cfg80211_free_nan_func(struct cfg80211_nan_func *f);
/**
* struct cfg80211_nan_match_params - NAN match parameters
* @type: the type of the function that triggered a match. If it is
* %NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE it means that we replied to a subscriber.
* If it is %NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH, it means that we got a discovery
* result.
* If it is %NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP, we received a follow up.
* @inst_id: the local instance id
* @peer_inst_id: the instance id of the peer's function
* @addr: the MAC address of the peer
* @info_len: the length of the &info
* @info: the Service Specific Info from the peer (if any)
* @cookie: unique identifier of the corresponding function
*/
struct cfg80211_nan_match_params {
enum nl80211_nan_function_type type;
u8 inst_id;
u8 peer_inst_id;
const u8 *addr;
u8 info_len;
const u8 *info;
u64 cookie;
};
/**
* cfg80211_nan_match - report a match for a NAN function.
* @wdev: the wireless device reporting the match
* @match: match notification parameters
* @gfp: allocation flags
*
* This function reports that the a NAN function had a match. This
* can be a subscribe that had a match or a solicited publish that
* was sent. It can also be a follow up that was received.
*/
void cfg80211_nan_match(struct wireless_dev *wdev,
struct cfg80211_nan_match_params *match, gfp_t gfp);
/**
* cfg80211_nan_func_terminated - notify about NAN function termination.
*
* @wdev: the wireless device reporting the match
* @inst_id: the local instance id
* @reason: termination reason (one of the NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_*)
* @cookie: unique NAN function identifier
* @gfp: allocation flags
*
* This function reports that the a NAN function is terminated.
*/
void cfg80211_nan_func_terminated(struct wireless_dev *wdev,
u8 inst_id,
enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason reason,
u64 cookie, gfp_t gfp);
/* ethtool helper */
void cfg80211_get_drvinfo(struct net_device *dev, struct ethtool_drvinfo *info);
/**
* cfg80211_external_auth_request - userspace request for authentication
* @netdev: network device
* @params: External authentication parameters
* @gfp: allocation flags
* Returns: 0 on success, < 0 on error
*/
int cfg80211_external_auth_request(struct net_device *netdev,
struct cfg80211_external_auth_params *params,
gfp_t gfp);
/**
* cfg80211_pmsr_report - report peer measurement result data
* @wdev: the wireless device reporting the measurement
* @req: the original measurement request
* @result: the result data
* @gfp: allocation flags
*/
void cfg80211_pmsr_report(struct wireless_dev *wdev,
struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *req,
struct cfg80211_pmsr_result *result,
gfp_t gfp);
/**
* cfg80211_pmsr_complete - report peer measurement completed
* @wdev: the wireless device reporting the measurement
* @req: the original measurement request
* @gfp: allocation flags
*
* Report that the entire measurement completed, after this
* the request pointer will no longer be valid.
*/
void cfg80211_pmsr_complete(struct wireless_dev *wdev,
struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *req,
gfp_t gfp);
/**
* cfg80211_iftype_allowed - check whether the interface can be allowed
* @wiphy: the wiphy
* @iftype: interface type
* @is_4addr: use_4addr flag, must be '0' when check_swif is '1'
* @check_swif: check iftype against software interfaces
*
* Check whether the interface is allowed to operate; additionally, this API
* can be used to check iftype against the software interfaces when
* check_swif is '1'.
*
* Return: %true if allowed, %false otherwise
*/
bool cfg80211_iftype_allowed(struct wiphy *wiphy, enum nl80211_iftype iftype,
bool is_4addr, u8 check_swif);
/**
* cfg80211_assoc_comeback - notification of association that was
* temporarily rejected with a comeback
* @netdev: network device
* @ap_addr: AP (MLD) address that rejected the association
* @timeout: timeout interval value TUs.
*
* this function may sleep. the caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex.
*/
void cfg80211_assoc_comeback(struct net_device *netdev,
const u8 *ap_addr, u32 timeout);
/* Logging, debugging and troubleshooting/diagnostic helpers. */
/* wiphy_printk helpers, similar to dev_printk */
#define wiphy_printk(level, wiphy, format, args...) \
dev_printk(level, &(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
#define wiphy_emerg(wiphy, format, args...) \
dev_emerg(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
#define wiphy_alert(wiphy, format, args...) \
dev_alert(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
#define wiphy_crit(wiphy, format, args...) \
dev_crit(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
#define wiphy_err(wiphy, format, args...) \
dev_err(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
#define wiphy_warn(wiphy, format, args...) \
dev_warn(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
#define wiphy_notice(wiphy, format, args...) \
dev_notice(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
#define wiphy_info(wiphy, format, args...) \
dev_info(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
#define wiphy_info_once(wiphy, format, args...) \
dev_info_once(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
#define wiphy_err_ratelimited(wiphy, format, args...) \
dev_err_ratelimited(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
#define wiphy_warn_ratelimited(wiphy, format, args...) \
dev_warn_ratelimited(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
#define wiphy_debug(wiphy, format, args...) \
wiphy_printk(KERN_DEBUG, wiphy, format, ##args)
#define wiphy_dbg(wiphy, format, args...) \
dev_dbg(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
#if defined(VERBOSE_DEBUG)
#define wiphy_vdbg wiphy_dbg
#else
#define wiphy_vdbg(wiphy, format, args...) \
({ \
if (0) \
wiphy_printk(KERN_DEBUG, wiphy, format, ##args); \
0; \
})
#endif
/*
* wiphy_WARN() acts like wiphy_printk(), but with the key difference
* of using a WARN/WARN_ON to get the message out, including the
* file/line information and a backtrace.
*/
#define wiphy_WARN(wiphy, format, args...) \
WARN(1, "wiphy: %s\n" format, wiphy_name(wiphy), ##args);
/**
* cfg80211_update_owe_info_event - Notify the peer's OWE info to user space
* @netdev: network device
* @owe_info: peer's owe info
* @gfp: allocation flags
*/
void cfg80211_update_owe_info_event(struct net_device *netdev,
struct cfg80211_update_owe_info *owe_info,
gfp_t gfp);
/**
* cfg80211_bss_flush - resets all the scan entries
* @wiphy: the wiphy
*/
void cfg80211_bss_flush(struct wiphy *wiphy);
/**
* cfg80211_bss_color_notify - notify about bss color event
* @dev: network device
* @cmd: the actual event we want to notify
* @count: the number of TBTTs until the color change happens
* @color_bitmap: representations of the colors that the local BSS is aware of
* @link_id: valid link_id in case of MLO or 0 for non-MLO.
*
* Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error.
*/
int cfg80211_bss_color_notify(struct net_device *dev,
enum nl80211_commands cmd, u8 count,
u64 color_bitmap, u8 link_id);
/**
* cfg80211_obss_color_collision_notify - notify about bss color collision
* @dev: network device
* @color_bitmap: representations of the colors that the local BSS is aware of
* @link_id: valid link_id in case of MLO or 0 for non-MLO.
*
* Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error.
*/
static inline int cfg80211_obss_color_collision_notify(struct net_device *dev,
u64 color_bitmap,
u8 link_id)
{
return cfg80211_bss_color_notify(dev, NL80211_CMD_OBSS_COLOR_COLLISION,
0, color_bitmap, link_id);
}
/**
* cfg80211_color_change_started_notify - notify color change start
* @dev: the device on which the color is switched
* @count: the number of TBTTs until the color change happens
* @link_id: valid link_id in case of MLO or 0 for non-MLO.
*
* Inform the userspace about the color change that has started.
*
* Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error.
*/
static inline int cfg80211_color_change_started_notify(struct net_device *dev,
u8 count, u8 link_id)
{
return cfg80211_bss_color_notify(dev, NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_STARTED,
count, 0, link_id);
}
/**
* cfg80211_color_change_aborted_notify - notify color change abort
* @dev: the device on which the color is switched
* @link_id: valid link_id in case of MLO or 0 for non-MLO.
*
* Inform the userspace about the color change that has aborted.
*
* Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error.
*/
static inline int cfg80211_color_change_aborted_notify(struct net_device *dev,
u8 link_id)
{
return cfg80211_bss_color_notify(dev, NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_ABORTED,
0, 0, link_id);
}
/**
* cfg80211_color_change_notify - notify color change completion
* @dev: the device on which the color was switched
* @link_id: valid link_id in case of MLO or 0 for non-MLO.
*
* Inform the userspace about the color change that has completed.
*
* Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error.
*/
static inline int cfg80211_color_change_notify(struct net_device *dev,
u8 link_id)
{
return cfg80211_bss_color_notify(dev,
NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_COMPLETED,
0, 0, link_id);
}
/**
* cfg80211_links_removed - Notify about removed STA MLD setup links.
* @dev: network device.
* @link_mask: BIT mask of removed STA MLD setup link IDs.
*
* Inform cfg80211 and the userspace about removed STA MLD setup links due to
* AP MLD removing the corresponding affiliated APs with Multi-Link
* reconfiguration. Note that it's not valid to remove all links, in this
* case disconnect instead.
* Also note that the wdev mutex must be held.
*/
void cfg80211_links_removed(struct net_device *dev, u16 link_mask);
/**
* cfg80211_schedule_channels_check - schedule regulatory check if needed
* @wdev: the wireless device to check
*
* In case the device supports NO_IR or DFS relaxations, schedule regulatory
* channels check, as previous concurrent operation conditions may not
* hold anymore.
*/
void cfg80211_schedule_channels_check(struct wireless_dev *wdev);
#ifdef CONFIG_CFG80211_DEBUGFS
/**
* wiphy_locked_debugfs_read - do a locked read in debugfs
* @wiphy: the wiphy to use
* @file: the file being read
* @buf: the buffer to fill and then read from
* @bufsize: size of the buffer
* @userbuf: the user buffer to copy to
* @count: read count
* @ppos: read position
* @handler: the read handler to call (under wiphy lock)
* @data: additional data to pass to the read handler
*
* Return: the number of characters read, or a negative errno
*/
ssize_t wiphy_locked_debugfs_read(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct file *file,
char *buf, size_t bufsize,
char __user *userbuf, size_t count,
loff_t *ppos,
ssize_t (*handler)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
struct file *file,
char *buf,
size_t bufsize,
void *data),
void *data);
/**
* wiphy_locked_debugfs_write - do a locked write in debugfs
* @wiphy: the wiphy to use
* @file: the file being written to
* @buf: the buffer to copy the user data to
* @bufsize: size of the buffer
* @userbuf: the user buffer to copy from
* @count: read count
* @handler: the write handler to call (under wiphy lock)
* @data: additional data to pass to the write handler
*
* Return: the number of characters written, or a negative errno
*/
ssize_t wiphy_locked_debugfs_write(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct file *file,
char *buf, size_t bufsize,
const char __user *userbuf, size_t count,
ssize_t (*handler)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
struct file *file,
char *buf,
size_t count,
void *data),
void *data);
#endif
#endif /* __NET_CFG80211_H */
Reference in New Issue View Git Blame Copy Permalink